(Qwhen): Replaces QCwhen.
[bpt/emacs.git] / src / xdisp.c
1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
23
24 Redisplay.
25
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 the display.
30
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the the description of direct update
37 operations, below.).
38
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
48
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
53 | |
54 | V
55 +--------------+ redisplay() +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
58 ^ | |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
61 asynchronously! |
62 |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
64 |
65 X expose events -----+
66
67 What does redisplay? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
71
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
80 terminology.
81
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
87
88
89 Direct operations.
90
91 You will find a lot of of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
94 frequently.
95
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
101 the current matrix.
102
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
107 dispnew.c.
108
109
110 Desired matrices.
111
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
118
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking a iterator structure (struct it)
124 argument.
125
126 Iteration over things to be be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator
128 (or init_string_iterator for that matter). Calls to
129 get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with relevant
130 information about the next thing to display. Calls to
131 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
132
133 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
134 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
135 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
136 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
137 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
138 see in dispextern.h.
139
140 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
141 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
142 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
143 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
144 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
145 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
146 glyphs produced are discarded.
147
148
149 Frame matrices.
150
151 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
152 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
153 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
154 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
155 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
156 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
157
158 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
159 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
160 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
161 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
162 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
163 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
164 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
165 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
166 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
167 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
168 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
169
170 #include <config.h>
171 #include <stdio.h>
172 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
173 #include <stdlib.h>
174 #endif
175 #include "lisp.h"
176 #include "frame.h"
177 #include "window.h"
178 #include "termchar.h"
179 #include "dispextern.h"
180 #include "buffer.h"
181 #include "charset.h"
182 #include "indent.h"
183 #include "commands.h"
184 #include "macros.h"
185 #include "disptab.h"
186 #include "termhooks.h"
187 #include "intervals.h"
188 #include "keyboard.h"
189 #include "coding.h"
190 #include "process.h"
191 #include "region-cache.h"
192
193 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
194 #include "xterm.h"
195 #endif
196
197 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
198 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
199
200 #define INFINITY 10000000
201
202 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
203 extern void set_frame_menubar ();
204 extern int pending_menu_activation;
205 #endif
206
207 extern int interrupt_input;
208 extern int command_loop_level;
209
210 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise;
211
212 extern Lisp_Object Qface;
213
214 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map;
215 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag;
216 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item;
217
218 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map;
219 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions, Vwindow_scroll_functions;
220 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
221 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks;
222 Lisp_Object QCeval, Qwhen;
223 Lisp_Object Qfontified;
224
225 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
226
227 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions;
228 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions;
229
230 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
231 over them. */
232
233 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p;
234
235 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
236
237 int tool_bar_button_margin;
238
239 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
240
241 int tool_bar_button_relief;
242
243 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
244 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
245
246 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p;
247
248 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
249
250 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay, Qinhibit_redisplay;
251
252 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
253
254 Lisp_Object Qdisplay, Qrelative_width, Qwidth, Qalign_to;
255 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qinvisible, Qimage;
256
257 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
258
259 Lisp_Object Qspace, QCalign_to, QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
260 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin, Qright_margin, Qspace_width, Qheight, Qraise;
261
262 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
263
264 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace;
265
266 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
267
268 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace;
269
270 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
271 images in Lisp. */
272
273 Lisp_Object Qimage;
274
275 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
276 message. */
277
278 int noninteractive_need_newline;
279
280 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
281
282 static int message_log_need_newline;
283
284 \f
285 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
286 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
287 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
288 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
289
290 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos;
291
292 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
293 terminating newline. */
294
295 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos;
296
297 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
298
299 static int this_line_vpos;
300 static int this_line_y;
301 static int this_line_pixel_height;
302
303 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
304 negative if first character is partially visible. */
305
306 static int this_line_start_x;
307
308 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
309
310 static struct buffer *this_line_buffer;
311
312 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
313 frame. */
314
315 int truncate_partial_width_windows;
316
317 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
318
319 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment;
320
321 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
322 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
323 frame-title-format. */
324
325 int multiple_frames;
326
327 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string;
328
329 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
330
331 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position;
332
333 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
334
335 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string;
336
337 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
338 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
339 numerical position. */
340
341 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position, last_arrow_string;
342
343 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
344
345 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format;
346
347 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
348
349 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format;
350
351 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
352 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
353 have changed. */
354
355 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions;
356
357 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook;
358
359 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
360
361 static int overlay_arrow_seen;
362
363 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
364
365 int highlight_nonselected_windows;
366
367 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
368 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
369
370 static int scroll_step;
371
372 /* Non-0 means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
373 screen, when appropriate. */
374
375 static int scroll_conservatively;
376
377 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
378 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
379 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
380 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
381
382 int scroll_margin;
383
384 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
385 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
386 this. */
387
388 int buffer_shared;
389
390 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
391
392 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector[3];
393
394 /* Nonzero means display mode line highlighted. */
395
396 int mode_line_inverse_video;
397
398 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
399
400 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt;
401
402 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
403 of the line that contains the prompt. */
404
405 int minibuf_prompt_width;
406 int minibuf_prompt_pixel_width;
407
408 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
409 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
410 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
411
412 Lisp_Object echo_area_window;
413
414 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
415 pushes the current message and the value of
416 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
417 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
418
419 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack;
420
421 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
422 message was specified. */
423
424 int message_enable_multibyte;
425
426 /* True if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
427
428 int update_mode_lines;
429
430 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
431 redisplay that finished */
432
433 int windows_or_buffers_changed;
434
435 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
436 line number. */
437
438 int line_number_displayed;
439
440 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
441
442 static int line_number_display_limit;
443
444 /* line width to consider when repostioning for line number display */
445
446 static int line_number_display_limit_width;
447
448 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
449 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
450
451 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max;
452
453 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
454 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
455
456 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer[2];
457
458 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
459
460 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer[2];
461
462 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
463
464 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
465
466 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
467 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
468
469 static int display_last_displayed_message_p;
470
471 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
472 message. */
473
474 int message_buf_print;
475
476 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
477 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
478 specifying a number of lines. */
479
480 static Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height;
481
482 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
483 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
484
485 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
486 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row;
487 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS];
488
489 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
490
491 static int last_max_ascent, last_height;
492
493 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
494 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
495 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
496 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
497 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
498
499 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
500
501 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
502 GLYPH_DEBUG != 0. */
503
504 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
505 int trace_redisplay_p;
506 #endif
507
508 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
509
510 enum prop_handled
511 {
512 HANDLED_NORMALLY,
513 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS,
514 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED,
515 HANDLED_RETURN
516 };
517
518 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
519 in. */
520
521 struct props
522 {
523 /* The name of the property. */
524 Lisp_Object *name;
525
526 /* A unique index for the property. */
527 enum prop_idx idx;
528
529 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
530 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
531 enum prop_handled (*handler) P_ ((struct it *it));
532 };
533
534 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop P_ ((struct it *));
535 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop P_ ((struct it *));
536 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop P_ ((struct it *));
537 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change P_ ((struct it *));
538 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop P_ ((struct it *));
539
540 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
541
542 static struct props it_props[] =
543 {
544 {&Qfontified, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX, handle_fontified_prop},
545 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
546 `display' need to know the face. */
547 {&Qface, FACE_PROP_IDX, handle_face_prop},
548 {&Qdisplay, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX, handle_display_prop},
549 {&Qinvisible, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX, handle_invisible_prop},
550 {NULL, 0, NULL}
551 };
552
553 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
554 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
555
556 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
557
558 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
559
560 enum move_it_result
561 {
562 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
563 MOVE_UNDEFINED,
564
565 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
566 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV,
567
568 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
569 MOVE_X_REACHED,
570
571 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
572 continued. */
573 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED,
574
575 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
576 be displayed truncated. */
577 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED,
578
579 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
580 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
581 };
582
583
584 \f
585 /* Function prototypes. */
586
587 static struct glyph_row *row_containing_pos P_ ((struct window *, int,
588 struct glyph_row *,
589 struct glyph_row *));
590 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((Lisp_Object));
591 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data P_ ((struct window *));
592 static void clear_garbaged_frames P_ ((void));
593 static int current_message_1 P_ ((Lisp_Object *));
594 static int truncate_message_1 P_ ((int));
595 static int set_message_1 P_ ((char *s, Lisp_Object, int, int));
596 static int display_echo_area P_ ((struct window *));
597 static int display_echo_area_1 P_ ((struct window *));
598 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay P_ ((Lisp_Object));
599 static int string_char_and_length P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int *));
600 static struct text_pos display_prop_end P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
601 struct text_pos));
602 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line P_ ((struct window *));
603 static Lisp_Object eval_handler P_ ((Lisp_Object));
604 static Lisp_Object eval_form P_ ((Lisp_Object));
605 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
606 static struct glyph_row *get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row P_ ((struct window *));
607 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line P_ ((struct it *));
608 static void append_space P_ ((struct it *, int));
609 static void make_cursor_line_fully_visible P_ ((struct window *));
610 static int try_scrolling P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
611 static int trailing_whitespace_p P_ ((int));
612 static int message_log_check_duplicate P_ ((int, int, int, int));
613 int invisible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
614 int invisible_ellipsis_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
615 static void push_it P_ ((struct it *));
616 static void pop_it P_ ((struct it *));
617 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *));
618 static void redisplay_internal P_ ((int));
619 static int echo_area_display P_ ((int));
620 static void redisplay_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
621 static void redisplay_window P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
622 static void update_menu_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
623 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix P_ ((struct window *));
624 static int try_window_id P_ ((struct window *));
625 static int display_line P_ ((struct it *));
626 static void display_mode_lines P_ ((struct window *));
627 static void display_mode_line P_ ((struct window *, enum face_id,
628 Lisp_Object));
629 static int display_mode_element P_ ((struct it *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object));
630 static char *decode_mode_spec P_ ((struct window *, char, int, int));
631 static void display_menu_bar P_ ((struct window *));
632 static int display_count_lines P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
633 static int display_string P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
634 int, int, struct it *, int, int, int, int));
635 static void compute_line_metrics P_ ((struct it *));
636 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook P_ ((struct it *));
637 static int get_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
638 static void next_overlay_string P_ ((struct it *));
639 void set_iterator_to_next P_ ((struct it *));
640 static void reseat P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
641 static void reseat_1 P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
642 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
643 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
644 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int));
645 static int next_element_from_display_vector P_ ((struct it *));
646 static int next_element_from_string P_ ((struct it *));
647 static int next_element_from_c_string P_ ((struct it *));
648 static int next_element_from_buffer P_ ((struct it *));
649 static int next_element_from_image P_ ((struct it *));
650 static int next_element_from_stretch P_ ((struct it *));
651 static void load_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
652 static void init_from_display_pos P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
653 struct display_pos *));
654 static void reseat_to_string P_ ((struct it *, unsigned char *,
655 Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
656 static int charset_at_position P_ ((struct text_pos));
657 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to P_ ((struct it *,
658 int, int, int));
659 void move_it_vertically_backward P_ ((struct it *, int));
660 static void init_to_row_start P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
661 struct glyph_row *));
662 static void init_to_row_end P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
663 struct glyph_row *));
664 static void back_to_previous_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
665 static void forward_to_next_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
666 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead P_ ((struct text_pos,
667 Lisp_Object, int));
668 static struct text_pos string_pos P_ ((int, Lisp_Object));
669 static struct text_pos c_string_pos P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
670 static int number_of_chars P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
671 static void compute_stop_pos P_ ((struct it *));
672 static void compute_string_pos P_ ((struct text_pos *, struct text_pos,
673 Lisp_Object));
674 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos P_ ((struct it *, int));
675 static int next_overlay_change P_ ((int));
676 static int handle_single_display_prop P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
677 Lisp_Object, struct text_pos *));
678
679 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
680 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
681
682 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
683
684 static void update_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
685 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string P_ ((struct frame *f));
686 static int redisplay_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *));
687 static void display_tool_bar_line P_ ((struct it *));
688
689 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
690
691 \f
692 /***********************************************************************
693 Window display dimensions
694 ***********************************************************************/
695
696 /* Return the window-relative maximum y + 1 for glyph rows displaying
697 text in window W. This is the height of W minus the height of a
698 mode line, if any. */
699
700 INLINE int
701 window_text_bottom_y (w)
702 struct window *w;
703 {
704 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
705 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
706
707 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
708 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
709 return height;
710 }
711
712
713 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
714 means return the total width of W, not including bitmap areas to
715 the left and right of the window. */
716
717 INLINE int
718 window_box_width (w, area)
719 struct window *w;
720 int area;
721 {
722 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
723 int width = XFASTINT (w->width);
724
725 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
726 {
727 width -= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_COLS (f);
728
729 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
730 {
731 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width))
732 width -= XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width);
733 if (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width))
734 width -= XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width);
735 }
736 else if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
737 width = (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)
738 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) : 0);
739 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
740 width = (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width)
741 ? XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width) : 0);
742 }
743
744 return width * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
745 }
746
747
748 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
749 including mode lines of W, if any.. */
750
751 INLINE int
752 window_box_height (w)
753 struct window *w;
754 {
755 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
756 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
757
758 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
759 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
760
761 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
762 height -= CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
763
764 return height;
765 }
766
767
768 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
769 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
770 whole window, to the right of any bitmap area at the left side of
771 W. */
772
773 INLINE int
774 window_box_left (w, area)
775 struct window *w;
776 int area;
777 {
778 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
779 int x = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
780
781 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
782 {
783 x += (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
784 + FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
785
786 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
787 x += window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
788 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
789 x += (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
790 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
791 }
792
793 return x;
794 }
795
796
797 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
798 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
799 whole window, to the left of any bitmap area at the right side of
800 W. */
801
802 INLINE int
803 window_box_right (w, area)
804 struct window *w;
805 int area;
806 {
807 return window_box_left (w, area) + window_box_width (w, area);
808 }
809
810
811 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
812 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
813 whole window, not including bitmap areas to the left and right of
814 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
815 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
816 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
817
818 INLINE void
819 window_box (w, area, box_x, box_y, box_width, box_height)
820 struct window *w;
821 int area;
822 int *box_x, *box_y, *box_width, *box_height;
823 {
824 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
825
826 *box_width = window_box_width (w, area);
827 *box_height = window_box_height (w);
828 *box_x = window_box_left (w, area);
829 *box_y = (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f)
830 + XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
831 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
832 *box_y += CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
833 }
834
835
836 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
837 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including bitmap
838 areas to the left and right of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
839 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
840 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
841 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
842 box. */
843
844 INLINE void
845 window_box_edges (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y,
846 bottom_right_x, bottom_right_y)
847 struct window *w;
848 int area;
849 int *top_left_x, *top_left_y, *bottom_right_x, *bottom_right_y;
850 {
851 window_box (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y, bottom_right_x,
852 bottom_right_y);
853 *bottom_right_x += *top_left_x;
854 *bottom_right_y += *top_left_y;
855 }
856
857
858 \f
859 /***********************************************************************
860 Utilities
861 ***********************************************************************/
862
863 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
864 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
865 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
866 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the illegal
867 character. */
868
869 static INLINE int
870 string_char_and_length (str, maxlen, len)
871 unsigned char *str;
872 int maxlen, *len;
873 {
874 int c;
875
876 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str, maxlen, *len);
877 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c, 1))
878 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
879 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept illegal
880 characters. */
881 c = '?';
882
883 return c;
884 }
885
886
887
888 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
889 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
890
891 static struct text_pos
892 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string, nchars)
893 struct text_pos pos;
894 Lisp_Object string;
895 int nchars;
896 {
897 xassert (STRINGP (string) && nchars >= 0);
898
899 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
900 {
901 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
902 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
903 int len;
904
905 while (nchars--)
906 {
907 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
908 p += len, rest -= len;
909 xassert (rest >= 0);
910 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
911 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
912 }
913 }
914 else
915 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, CHARPOS (pos) + nchars, BYTEPOS (pos) + nchars);
916
917 return pos;
918 }
919
920
921 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
922 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
923
924 static INLINE struct text_pos
925 string_pos (charpos, string)
926 int charpos;
927 Lisp_Object string;
928 {
929 struct text_pos pos;
930 xassert (STRINGP (string));
931 xassert (charpos >= 0);
932 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, string_char_to_byte (string, charpos));
933 return pos;
934 }
935
936
937 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
938 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
939 means recognize multibyte characters. */
940
941 static struct text_pos
942 c_string_pos (charpos, s, multibyte_p)
943 int charpos;
944 unsigned char *s;
945 int multibyte_p;
946 {
947 struct text_pos pos;
948
949 xassert (s != NULL);
950 xassert (charpos >= 0);
951
952 if (multibyte_p)
953 {
954 int rest = strlen (s), len;
955
956 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, 0, 0);
957 while (charpos--)
958 {
959 string_char_and_length (s, rest, &len);
960 s += len, rest -= len;
961 xassert (rest >= 0);
962 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
963 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
964 }
965 }
966 else
967 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, charpos);
968
969 return pos;
970 }
971
972
973 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
974 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
975
976 static int
977 number_of_chars (s, multibyte_p)
978 unsigned char *s;
979 int multibyte_p;
980 {
981 int nchars;
982
983 if (multibyte_p)
984 {
985 int rest = strlen (s), len;
986 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) s;
987
988 for (nchars = 0; rest > 0; ++nchars)
989 {
990 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
991 rest -= len, p += len;
992 }
993 }
994 else
995 nchars = strlen (s);
996
997 return nchars;
998 }
999
1000
1001 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1002 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1003 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1004
1005 static void
1006 compute_string_pos (newpos, pos, string)
1007 struct text_pos *newpos, pos;
1008 Lisp_Object string;
1009 {
1010 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1011 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos) >= CHARPOS (pos));
1012
1013 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1014 *newpos = string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, CHARPOS (*newpos) - CHARPOS (pos),
1015 string);
1016 else
1017 BYTEPOS (*newpos) = CHARPOS (*newpos);
1018 }
1019
1020
1021 /* Return the charset of the character at position POS in
1022 current_buffer. */
1023
1024 static int
1025 charset_at_position (pos)
1026 struct text_pos pos;
1027 {
1028 int c, multibyte_p;
1029 unsigned char *p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (BYTEPOS (pos));
1030
1031 multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1032 if (multibyte_p)
1033 {
1034 int maxlen = ((BYTEPOS (pos) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
1035 - BYTEPOS (pos));
1036 int len;
1037 c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &len);
1038 }
1039 else
1040 c = *p;
1041
1042 return CHAR_CHARSET (c);
1043 }
1044
1045
1046 \f
1047 /***********************************************************************
1048 Lisp form evaluation
1049 ***********************************************************************/
1050
1051 /* Error handler for eval_form. */
1052
1053 static Lisp_Object
1054 eval_handler (arg)
1055 Lisp_Object arg;
1056 {
1057 return Qnil;
1058 }
1059
1060
1061 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1062 wrong. */
1063
1064 static Lisp_Object
1065 eval_form (sexpr)
1066 Lisp_Object sexpr;
1067 {
1068 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
1069 Lisp_Object val;
1070 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1071 val = internal_condition_case_1 (Feval, sexpr, Qerror, eval_handler);
1072 return unbind_to (count, val);
1073 }
1074
1075
1076 \f
1077 /***********************************************************************
1078 Debugging
1079 ***********************************************************************/
1080
1081 #if 0
1082
1083 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1084 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1085
1086 static void
1087 check_it (it)
1088 struct it *it;
1089 {
1090 if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
1091 {
1092 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1093 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
1094 }
1095 else if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
1096 {
1097 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1098 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)));
1099 }
1100
1101 if (it->dpvec)
1102 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
1103 else
1104 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index < 0);
1105 }
1106
1107 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1108
1109 #else /* not 0 */
1110
1111 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1112
1113 #endif /* not 0 */
1114
1115
1116 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1117
1118 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1119 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1120
1121 static void
1122 check_window_end (w)
1123 struct window *w;
1124 {
1125 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
1126 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
1127 {
1128 struct glyph_row *row;
1129 xassert ((row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
1130 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)),
1131 !row->enabled_p
1132 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
1133 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix) == 0));
1134 }
1135 }
1136
1137 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1138
1139 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1140
1141 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1142
1143 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1144
1145
1146 \f
1147 /***********************************************************************
1148 Iterator initialization
1149 ***********************************************************************/
1150
1151 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1152 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1153 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1154 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1155 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS <= 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1156
1157 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1158 will produce glyphs in that row.
1159
1160 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1161 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1162 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for
1163 displaying the tool-bar.
1164
1165 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1166 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator will be initialized to use the
1167 corresponding mode line glyph row of the desired matrix of W. */
1168
1169 void
1170 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, row, base_face_id)
1171 struct it *it;
1172 struct window *w;
1173 int charpos, bytepos;
1174 struct glyph_row *row;
1175 enum face_id base_face_id;
1176 {
1177 int highlight_region_p;
1178
1179 /* Some precondition checks. */
1180 xassert (w != NULL && it != NULL);
1181 xassert (charpos < 0 || (charpos > 0 && charpos <= ZV));
1182
1183 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1184 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1185 that might have changed. */
1186 if (face_change_count)
1187 {
1188 face_change_count = 0;
1189 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil);
1190 }
1191
1192 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1193 appropriate. */
1194 if (row == NULL)
1195 {
1196 if (base_face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID)
1197 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1198 else if (base_face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID)
1199 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1200 }
1201
1202 /* Clear IT. */
1203 bzero (it, sizeof *it);
1204 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1205 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1206 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
1207 it->base_face_id = base_face_id;
1208
1209 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1210 XSETWINDOW (it->window, w);
1211 it->w = w;
1212 it->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1213
1214 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1215 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. */
1216 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f)->used == 0)
1217 recompute_basic_faces (it->f);
1218
1219 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1220 it->space_width = Qnil;
1221 it->font_height = Qnil;
1222
1223 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1224 it->ctl_arrow_p = !NILP (current_buffer->ctl_arrow);
1225
1226 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1227 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1228 invisible. */
1229 it->selective = (INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1230 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer->selective_display)
1231 : (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1232 ? -1 : 0));
1233 it->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1234 = !NILP (current_buffer->selective_display_ellipses);
1235
1236 /* Display table to use. */
1237 it->dp = window_display_table (w);
1238
1239 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1240 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1241
1242 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1243 highlight_region_p
1244 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
1245 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)
1246 && XMARKER (current_buffer->mark)->buffer != 0);
1247
1248 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1249 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1250 -1 to indicate no region. */
1251 if (highlight_region_p
1252 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1253 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1254 highlight_nonselected_windows
1255 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1256 || w == XWINDOW (selected_window)
1257 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1258 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1259 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
1260 && w == XWINDOW (Vminibuf_scroll_window))))
1261 {
1262 int charpos = marker_position (current_buffer->mark);
1263 it->region_beg_charpos = min (PT, charpos);
1264 it->region_end_charpos = max (PT, charpos);
1265 }
1266 else
1267 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
1268
1269 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1270 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1271 if (MARKERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger)
1272 && XMARKER (w->redisplay_end_trigger)->buffer != 0)
1273 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1274 = marker_position (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1275 else if (INTEGERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger))
1276 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = XINT (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1277
1278 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1279 it->tab_width = XINT (current_buffer->tab_width);
1280 if (it->tab_width <= 0 || it->tab_width > 1000)
1281 it->tab_width = 8;
1282
1283 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1284 it->truncate_lines_p
1285 = (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1286 || XINT (it->w->hscroll)
1287 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1288 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it->w))
1289 || !NILP (current_buffer->truncate_lines));
1290
1291 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1292 displayed as bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1293 frames. */
1294 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1295 {
1296 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1297 {
1298 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1299 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1300 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
1301 it->truncation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1302 }
1303 else
1304 {
1305 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1306 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1307 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
1308 it->continuation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1309 }
1310
1311 /* Reset these values to zero becaue the produce_special_glyphs
1312 above has changed them. */
1313 it->pixel_width = it->ascent = it->descent = 0;
1314 it->phys_ascent = it->phys_descent = 0;
1315 }
1316
1317 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1318 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1319 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1320 it->glyph_row = row;
1321 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
1322
1323 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1324 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1325 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1326 start of this total display area. */
1327 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1328 {
1329 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1330 it->first_visible_x = 0;
1331 it->last_visible_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1332 }
1333 else
1334 {
1335 it->first_visible_x
1336 = XFASTINT (it->w->hscroll) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1337 it->last_visible_x = (it->first_visible_x
1338 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1339
1340 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1341 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1342 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1343 for window-based redisplay. */
1344 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1345 {
1346 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1347 it->last_visible_x -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
1348 else
1349 it->last_visible_x -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
1350 }
1351
1352 it->header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w);
1353 it->current_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) + w->vscroll;
1354 }
1355
1356 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1357 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
1358 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it->w))
1359 it->last_visible_x -= 1;
1360
1361 it->last_visible_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1362
1363 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1364 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1365 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1366 {
1367 struct face *face;
1368
1369 it->face_id = base_face_id;
1370
1371 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1372 with a left box line. */
1373 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, base_face_id);
1374 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1375 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
1376 }
1377
1378 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1379 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1380 if (charpos > 0)
1381 {
1382 it->end_charpos = ZV;
1383 it->face_id = -1;
1384 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = charpos;
1385
1386 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1387 if (bytepos <= 0)
1388 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
1389 else
1390 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = bytepos;
1391
1392 /* Compute faces etc. */
1393 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
1394 }
1395
1396 CHECK_IT (it);
1397 }
1398
1399
1400 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1401
1402 void
1403 start_display (it, w, pos)
1404 struct it *it;
1405 struct window *w;
1406 struct text_pos pos;
1407 {
1408 int start_at_line_beg_p;
1409 struct glyph_row *row;
1410 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
1411 int first_y;
1412
1413 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + first_vpos;
1414 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1415 first_y = it->current_y;
1416
1417 /* If window start is not at a line start, move back to the line
1418 start. This makes sure that we take continuation lines into
1419 account. */
1420 start_at_line_beg_p = (CHARPOS (pos) == BEGV
1421 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos) - 1) == '\n');
1422 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1423 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it);
1424
1425 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1426 get the correct continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
1427 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1428 {
1429 move_it_to (it, CHARPOS (pos), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
1430
1431 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle of a
1432 multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character displayed as
1433 \003, or in the middle of an overlay string). In this case
1434 move_it_to above will not have taken us to the start of
1435 the continuation line but to the end of the continued line. */
1436 if (!it->truncate_lines_p && it->current_x > 0)
1437 {
1438 if (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0
1439 || it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1440 {
1441 set_iterator_to_next (it);
1442 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
1443 }
1444 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
1445 }
1446
1447 it->current_y = first_y;
1448 it->vpos = 0;
1449 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
1450 }
1451
1452 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1453 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1454 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1455
1456 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1457 xassert (it->continuation_lines_width
1458 || IT_CHARPOS (it) == BEGV
1459 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it) - 1) == '\n');
1460 #endif /* 0 */
1461 }
1462
1463
1464 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1465 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1466 vector/ control character translation position information. */
1467
1468 static void
1469 init_from_display_pos (it, w, pos)
1470 struct it *it;
1471 struct window *w;
1472 struct display_pos *pos;
1473 {
1474 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1475 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1476 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1477 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1478 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1479 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1480 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1481 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1482 after-string. */
1483 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos->pos), BYTEPOS (pos->pos),
1484 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1485
1486 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to
1487 the right overlay string. */
1488 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= 0)
1489 {
1490 int relative_index;
1491
1492 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1493 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1494 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1495 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE)
1496 {
1497 int n = pos->overlay_string_index / OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1498 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
1499 while (n--)
1500 {
1501 load_overlay_strings (it);
1502 it->current.overlay_string_index += OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1503 }
1504 }
1505
1506 it->current.overlay_string_index = pos->overlay_string_index;
1507 relative_index = (it->current.overlay_string_index
1508 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE);
1509 it->string = it->overlay_strings[relative_index];
1510 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1511 it->method = next_element_from_string;
1512 }
1513 else if (CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) >= 0)
1514 {
1515 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1516 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1517 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1518 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1519 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1520 }
1521
1522 /* Restore position in display vector translations or control
1523 character translations. */
1524 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0)
1525 {
1526 /* This fills IT->dpvec. */
1527 get_next_display_element (it);
1528 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index == 0);
1529 it->current.dpvec_index = pos->dpvec_index;
1530 }
1531
1532 CHECK_IT (it);
1533 }
1534
1535
1536 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1537 starting at ROW->start. */
1538
1539 static void
1540 init_to_row_start (it, w, row)
1541 struct it *it;
1542 struct window *w;
1543 struct glyph_row *row;
1544 {
1545 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->start);
1546 it->continuation_lines_width = row->continuation_lines_width;
1547 CHECK_IT (it);
1548 }
1549
1550
1551 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1552 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end. */
1553
1554 static void
1555 init_to_row_end (it, w, row)
1556 struct it *it;
1557 struct window *w;
1558 struct glyph_row *row;
1559 {
1560 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->end);
1561
1562 if (row->continued_p)
1563 it->continuation_lines_width = (row->continuation_lines_width
1564 + row->pixel_width);
1565 CHECK_IT (it);
1566 }
1567
1568
1569
1570 \f
1571 /***********************************************************************
1572 Text properties
1573 ***********************************************************************/
1574
1575 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
1576 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
1577 to stop. */
1578
1579 static void
1580 handle_stop (it)
1581 struct it *it;
1582 {
1583 enum prop_handled handled;
1584 int handle_overlay_change_p = 1;
1585 struct props *p;
1586
1587 it->dpvec = NULL;
1588 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1589
1590 do
1591 {
1592 handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1593
1594 /* Call text property handlers. */
1595 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1596 {
1597 handled = p->handler (it);
1598
1599 if (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1600 break;
1601 else if (handled == HANDLED_RETURN)
1602 return;
1603 else if (handled == HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED)
1604 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1605 }
1606
1607 if (handled != HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1608 {
1609 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
1610 characters from a display vector. */
1611 if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
1612 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1613
1614 /* Handle overlay changes. */
1615 if (handle_overlay_change_p)
1616 handled = handle_overlay_change (it);
1617
1618 /* Determine where to stop next. */
1619 if (handled == HANDLED_NORMALLY)
1620 compute_stop_pos (it);
1621 }
1622 }
1623 while (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS);
1624 }
1625
1626
1627 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
1628 information for IT's current position. */
1629
1630 static void
1631 compute_stop_pos (it)
1632 struct it *it;
1633 {
1634 register INTERVAL iv, next_iv;
1635 Lisp_Object object, limit, position;
1636
1637 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
1638 it->stop_charpos = it->end_charpos;
1639
1640 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1641 {
1642 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
1643 properties. */
1644 object = it->string;
1645 limit = Qnil;
1646 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
1647 }
1648 else
1649 {
1650 int charpos;
1651
1652 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
1653 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
1654 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
1655 follows. */
1656 charpos = next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1657 if (charpos < it->stop_charpos)
1658 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
1659
1660 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
1661 start or end because the face might change there. */
1662 if (it->region_beg_charpos > 0)
1663 {
1664 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_beg_charpos)
1665 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_beg_charpos);
1666 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_end_charpos)
1667 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_end_charpos);
1668 }
1669
1670 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
1671 property changes. */
1672 XSETBUFFER (object, current_buffer);
1673 XSETFASTINT (limit, IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT);
1674 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1675
1676 }
1677
1678 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
1679 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
1680 iv = validate_interval_range (object, &position, &position, 0);
1681 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv))
1682 {
1683 Lisp_Object values_here[LAST_PROP_IDX];
1684 struct props *p;
1685
1686 /* Get properties here. */
1687 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1688 values_here[p->idx] = textget (iv->plist, *p->name);
1689
1690 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
1691 properties. */
1692 for (next_iv = next_interval (iv);
1693 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv)
1694 && (NILP (limit)
1695 || XFASTINT (limit) > next_iv->position));
1696 next_iv = next_interval (next_iv))
1697 {
1698 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1699 {
1700 Lisp_Object new_value;
1701
1702 new_value = textget (next_iv->plist, *p->name);
1703 if (!EQ (values_here[p->idx], new_value))
1704 break;
1705 }
1706
1707 if (p->handler)
1708 break;
1709 }
1710
1711 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv))
1712 {
1713 if (INTEGERP (limit)
1714 && next_iv->position >= XFASTINT (limit))
1715 /* No text property change up to limit. */
1716 it->stop_charpos = min (XFASTINT (limit), it->stop_charpos);
1717 else
1718 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
1719 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, next_iv->position);
1720 }
1721 }
1722
1723 xassert (STRINGP (it->string)
1724 || (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
1725 && it->stop_charpos >= IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
1726 }
1727
1728
1729 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
1730 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
1731 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
1732 xmalloc. */
1733
1734 static int
1735 next_overlay_change (pos)
1736 int pos;
1737 {
1738 int noverlays;
1739 int endpos;
1740 Lisp_Object *overlays;
1741 int len;
1742 int i;
1743
1744 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
1745 len = 10;
1746 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
1747 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL);
1748 if (noverlays > len)
1749 {
1750 len = noverlays;
1751 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
1752 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL);
1753 }
1754
1755 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
1756 use its ending point instead. */
1757 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; ++i)
1758 {
1759 Lisp_Object oend;
1760 int oendpos;
1761
1762 oend = OVERLAY_END (overlays[i]);
1763 oendpos = OVERLAY_POSITION (oend);
1764 endpos = min (endpos, oendpos);
1765 }
1766
1767 return endpos;
1768 }
1769
1770
1771 \f
1772 /***********************************************************************
1773 Fontification
1774 ***********************************************************************/
1775
1776 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
1777 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
1778 regions of text. */
1779
1780 static enum prop_handled
1781 handle_fontified_prop (it)
1782 struct it *it;
1783 {
1784 Lisp_Object prop, pos;
1785 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1786
1787 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
1788 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
1789 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
1790 Qfontification_functions. */
1791 if (!STRINGP (it->string)
1792 && it->s == NULL
1793 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions)
1794 && (pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
1795 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil),
1796 NILP (prop)))
1797 {
1798 Lisp_Object args[2];
1799
1800 /* Run the hook functions. */
1801 args[0] = Qfontification_functions;
1802 args[1] = pos;
1803 Frun_hook_with_args (make_number (2), args);
1804
1805 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
1806 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
1807 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
1808 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil)))
1809 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
1810 }
1811
1812 return handled;
1813 }
1814
1815
1816 \f
1817 /***********************************************************************
1818 Faces
1819 ***********************************************************************/
1820
1821 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
1822 Called from handle_stop. */
1823
1824 static enum prop_handled
1825 handle_face_prop (it)
1826 struct it *it;
1827 {
1828 int new_face_id, next_stop;
1829
1830 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
1831 {
1832 new_face_id
1833 = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
1834 IT_CHARPOS (*it),
1835 it->region_beg_charpos,
1836 it->region_end_charpos,
1837 &next_stop,
1838 (IT_CHARPOS (*it)
1839 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT),
1840 0);
1841
1842 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
1843 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
1844 iterator; face_id is -1 is this case. We know that the new
1845 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
1846 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
1847 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
1848 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
1849 {
1850 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
1851
1852 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
1853 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
1854 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
1855 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
1856 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
1857 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
1858 it->start_of_box_run_p
1859 = (new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
1860 && (it->face_id >= 0
1861 || IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEG
1862 || new_face_id != face_before_it_pos (it)));
1863 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
1864 }
1865 }
1866 else
1867 {
1868 new_face_id
1869 = face_at_string_position (it->w,
1870 it->string,
1871 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it),
1872 (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0
1873 ? IT_CHARPOS (*it)
1874 : 0),
1875 it->region_beg_charpos,
1876 it->region_end_charpos,
1877 &next_stop,
1878 it->base_face_id);
1879
1880 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
1881 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
1882 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
1883 if (it->glyph_row == MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
1884 && new_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1885 new_face_id = MODE_LINE_FACE_ID;
1886 #endif
1887
1888 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
1889 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
1890 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
1891 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
1892 box, all characters up to that position will have a
1893 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
1894 is really the end. */
1895 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
1896 {
1897 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
1898 struct face *old_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1899
1900 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
1901 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
1902 shadow on the left side. */
1903 it->start_of_box_run_p
1904 = new_face->box && (old_face == NULL || !old_face->box);
1905 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
1906 }
1907 }
1908
1909 it->face_id = new_face_id;
1910 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
1911 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1912 }
1913
1914
1915 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
1916 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
1917 position. Value is the id of the face. */
1918
1919 static int
1920 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it, before_p)
1921 struct it *it;
1922 int before_p;
1923 {
1924 int face_id, limit;
1925 int next_check_charpos;
1926 struct text_pos pos;
1927
1928 xassert (it->s == NULL);
1929
1930 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1931 {
1932 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
1933 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
1934 string start. */
1935 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size
1936 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 && before_p))
1937 return it->face_id;
1938
1939 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
1940 if (before_p)
1941 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, it->string);
1942 else
1943 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + 1, it->string);
1944
1945 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
1946 face_id
1947 = face_at_string_position (it->w,
1948 it->string,
1949 CHARPOS (pos),
1950 (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0
1951 ? IT_CHARPOS (*it)
1952 : 0),
1953 it->region_beg_charpos,
1954 it->region_end_charpos,
1955 &next_check_charpos,
1956 it->base_face_id);
1957
1958 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
1959 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
1960 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
1961 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
1962 {
1963 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (it->string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
1964 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
1965 int c, len, charset;
1966
1967 c = string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1968 charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c);
1969 if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
1970 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, face_id, charset);
1971 }
1972 }
1973 else
1974 {
1975 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= ZV && !before_p)
1976 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= BEGV && before_p))
1977 return it->face_id;
1978
1979 limit = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT;
1980 pos = it->current.pos;
1981
1982 if (before_p)
1983 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos);
1984 else
1985 INC_TEXT_POS (pos);
1986
1987 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
1988 face_id = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
1989 CHARPOS (pos),
1990 it->region_beg_charpos,
1991 it->region_end_charpos,
1992 &next_check_charpos,
1993 limit, 0);
1994
1995 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
1996 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
1997 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
1998 if (it->multibyte_p)
1999 {
2000 int charset = charset_at_position (pos);
2001 if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
2002 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, face_id, charset);
2003 }
2004 }
2005
2006 return face_id;
2007 }
2008
2009
2010 \f
2011 /***********************************************************************
2012 Invisible text
2013 ***********************************************************************/
2014
2015 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2016 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2017
2018 static enum prop_handled
2019 handle_invisible_prop (it)
2020 struct it *it;
2021 {
2022 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2023
2024 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2025 {
2026 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible;
2027 Lisp_Object prop, end_charpos, limit, charpos;
2028
2029 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2030 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2031 property. */
2032 XSETFASTINT (charpos, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2033 prop = Fget_text_property (charpos, Qinvisible, it->string);
2034
2035 if (!NILP (prop))
2036 {
2037 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2038
2039 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2040 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2041 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2042 all the rest of IT->string. */
2043 XSETINT (limit, XSTRING (it->string)->size);
2044 end_charpos = Fnext_single_property_change (charpos, Qinvisible,
2045 it->string, limit);
2046
2047 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2048 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2049 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2050 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos)
2051 && XFASTINT (end_charpos) < XFASTINT (limit))
2052 {
2053 struct text_pos old;
2054 old = it->current.string_pos;
2055 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = XFASTINT (end_charpos);
2056 compute_string_pos (&it->current.string_pos, old, it->string);
2057 }
2058 else
2059 {
2060 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2061 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2062 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2063 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2064 {
2065 next_overlay_string (it);
2066 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2067 finished processing them. */
2068 handled = HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED;
2069 }
2070 else
2071 {
2072 struct Lisp_String *s = XSTRING (it->string);
2073 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = s->size;
2074 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = STRING_BYTES (s);
2075 }
2076 }
2077 }
2078 }
2079 else
2080 {
2081 int visible_p, newpos, next_stop;
2082 Lisp_Object pos, prop;
2083
2084 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2085 XSETFASTINT (pos, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2086 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2087
2088 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2089 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
2090 {
2091 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2092 invisible text. */
2093 int display_ellipsis_p
2094 = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE_WITH_ELLIPSIS (prop);
2095
2096 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2097
2098 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2099 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2100 do
2101 {
2102 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2103 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2104 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2105 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2106 invisible property. */
2107 newpos = skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2108 &next_stop, ZV, it->window);
2109
2110 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2111 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2112 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2113 if (newpos == IT_CHARPOS (*it) || newpos >= ZV)
2114 visible_p = 1;
2115 else
2116 {
2117 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2118 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2119 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2120 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2121 get visible_p = 1, this means that the char at
2122 newpos is visible. */
2123 XSETFASTINT (pos, newpos);
2124 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2125 visible_p = !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2126 }
2127
2128 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2129 skip starting with next_stop. */
2130 if (!visible_p)
2131 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = next_stop;
2132 }
2133 while (!visible_p);
2134
2135 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2136 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = newpos;
2137 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos);
2138
2139 /* Maybe return `...' next for the end of the invisible text. */
2140 if (display_ellipsis_p)
2141 {
2142 if (it->dp
2143 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
2144 {
2145 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
2146 it->dpvec = v->contents;
2147 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
2148 }
2149 else
2150 {
2151 /* Default `...'. */
2152 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
2153 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
2154 }
2155
2156 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of
2157 the character at the new position. Indicate this by
2158 setting IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2159 it->dpvec_char_len = 0;
2160
2161 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
2162 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
2163 }
2164 }
2165 }
2166
2167 return handled;
2168 }
2169
2170
2171 \f
2172 /***********************************************************************
2173 'display' property
2174 ***********************************************************************/
2175
2176 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2177 Called from handle_stop. */
2178
2179 static enum prop_handled
2180 handle_display_prop (it)
2181 struct it *it;
2182 {
2183 Lisp_Object prop, object;
2184 struct text_pos *position;
2185 int space_or_image_found_p;
2186
2187 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2188 {
2189 object = it->string;
2190 position = &it->current.string_pos;
2191 }
2192 else
2193 {
2194 object = Qnil;
2195 position = &it->current.pos;
2196 }
2197
2198 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2199 it->font_height = Qnil;
2200 it->space_width = Qnil;
2201 it->voffset = 0;
2202
2203 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2204 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2205 `display' property etc. */
2206 if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2207 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2208
2209 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (position->charpos),
2210 Qdisplay, object);
2211 if (NILP (prop))
2212 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2213
2214 space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2215 if (CONSP (prop) && CONSP (XCAR (prop)))
2216 {
2217 while (CONSP (prop))
2218 {
2219 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XCAR (prop), object, position))
2220 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2221 prop = XCDR (prop);
2222 }
2223 }
2224 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2225 {
2226 int i;
2227 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2228 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i],
2229 object, position))
2230 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2231 }
2232 else
2233 {
2234 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position))
2235 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2236 }
2237
2238 return space_or_image_found_p ? HANDLED_RETURN : HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2239 }
2240
2241
2242 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property stating
2243 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2244
2245 static struct text_pos
2246 display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos)
2247 struct it *it;
2248 Lisp_Object object;
2249 struct text_pos start_pos;
2250 {
2251 Lisp_Object end;
2252 struct text_pos end_pos;
2253
2254 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2255 we have to find the end of the property. */
2256 end = Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start_pos.charpos),
2257 Qdisplay, object, Qnil);
2258 if (NILP (end))
2259 {
2260 /* A nil value of `end' means there are no changes of the
2261 property to the end of the buffer or string. */
2262 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2263 end_pos.charpos = XSTRING (it->string)->size;
2264 else
2265 end_pos.charpos = it->end_charpos;
2266 }
2267 else
2268 end_pos.charpos = XFASTINT (end);
2269
2270 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2271 compute_string_pos (&end_pos, start_pos, it->string);
2272 else
2273 end_pos.bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (end_pos.charpos);
2274
2275 return end_pos;
2276 }
2277
2278
2279 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2280 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2281 is the position at which it was found.
2282
2283 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2284 end position of the `display' property.
2285
2286 Value is non-zero if a `space' or `image' property value was found. */
2287
2288 static int
2289 handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position)
2290 struct it *it;
2291 Lisp_Object prop;
2292 Lisp_Object object;
2293 struct text_pos *position;
2294 {
2295 Lisp_Object value;
2296 int space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2297
2298 Lisp_Object form;
2299
2300 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', FORM is
2301 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2302 form = Qt;
2303 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2304 {
2305 prop = XCDR (prop);
2306 if (!CONSP (prop))
2307 return 0;
2308 form = XCAR (prop);
2309 prop = XCDR (prop);
2310 }
2311
2312 if (!NILP (form) && !EQ (form, Qt))
2313 {
2314 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2315 struct text_pos end_pos, pt;
2316
2317 end_pos = display_prop_end (it, object, *position);
2318 GCPRO1 (form);
2319
2320 /* Temporarily set point to the end position, and then evaluate
2321 the form. This makes `(eolp)' work as FORM. */
2322 CHARPOS (pt) = PT;
2323 BYTEPOS (pt) = PT_BYTE;
2324 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (end_pos), BYTEPOS (end_pos));
2325 form = eval_form (form);
2326 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
2327 UNGCPRO;
2328 }
2329
2330 if (NILP (form))
2331 return 0;
2332
2333 if (CONSP (prop)
2334 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2335 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2336 {
2337 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2338 return 0;
2339
2340 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2341 it->font_height = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2342 if (!NILP (it->font_height))
2343 {
2344 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2345 int new_height = -1;
2346
2347 if (CONSP (it->font_height)
2348 && (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus)
2349 || EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qminus))
2350 && CONSP (XCDR (it->font_height))
2351 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height))))
2352 {
2353 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2354 int steps = XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height)));
2355 if (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus))
2356 steps = - steps;
2357 it->face_id = smaller_face (it->f, it->face_id, steps);
2358 }
2359 else if (SYMBOLP (it->font_height))
2360 {
2361 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2362 Value is the new height. */
2363 Lisp_Object form, height;
2364 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2365
2366 height = face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX];
2367 form = Fcons (it->font_height, Fcons (height, Qnil));
2368 GCPRO1 (form);
2369 height = eval_form (form);
2370 if (NUMBERP (height))
2371 new_height = XFLOATINT (height);
2372 UNGCPRO;
2373 }
2374 else if (NUMBERP (it->font_height))
2375 {
2376 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2377 struct face *face;
2378
2379 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
2380 new_height = (XFLOATINT (it->font_height)
2381 * XINT (face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]));
2382 }
2383 else
2384 {
2385 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2386 current specified height to get the new height. */
2387 Lisp_Object value;
2388 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
2389
2390 specbind (Qheight, face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2391 value = eval_form (it->font_height);
2392 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2393
2394 if (NUMBERP (value))
2395 new_height = XFLOATINT (value);
2396 }
2397
2398 if (new_height > 0)
2399 it->face_id = face_with_height (it->f, it->face_id, new_height);
2400 }
2401 }
2402 else if (CONSP (prop)
2403 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2404 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2405 {
2406 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
2407 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2408 return 0;
2409
2410 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2411 if (NUMBERP (value) && XFLOATINT (value) > 0)
2412 it->space_width = value;
2413 }
2414 else if (CONSP (prop)
2415 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2416 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2417 {
2418 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2419 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
2420 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2421 return 0;
2422
2423 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2424 if (NUMBERP (value))
2425 {
2426 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2427 it->voffset = - (XFLOATINT (value)
2428 * (face->font->ascent + face->font->descent));
2429 }
2430 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2431 }
2432 else if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2433 {
2434 /* `(left-margin VALUE)' or `(right-margin VALUE)
2435 or `(nil VALUE)' or VALUE. */
2436 Lisp_Object location, value;
2437 struct text_pos start_pos;
2438 int valid_p;
2439
2440 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2441 we have to find the end of the property. */
2442 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2443 start_pos = *position;
2444 *position = display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos);
2445
2446 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
2447 text properties change there. */
2448 it->stop_charpos = position->charpos;
2449
2450 if (CONSP (prop)
2451 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace)
2452 && !EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage))
2453 {
2454 location = XCAR (prop);
2455 value = XCDR (prop);
2456 }
2457 else
2458 {
2459 location = Qnil;
2460 value = prop;
2461 }
2462
2463 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2464 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2465 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2466 else
2467 valid_p = (STRINGP (value)
2468 || (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2469 || valid_image_p (value));
2470 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2471 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2472 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2473
2474 if ((EQ (location, Qleft_margin)
2475 || EQ (location, Qright_margin)
2476 || NILP (location))
2477 && valid_p)
2478 {
2479 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
2480 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
2481 push_it (it);
2482
2483 if (NILP (location))
2484 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2485 else if (EQ (location, Qleft_margin))
2486 it->area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
2487 else
2488 it->area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
2489
2490 if (STRINGP (value))
2491 {
2492 it->string = value;
2493 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2494 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2495 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2496 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars
2497 = XSTRING (it->string)->size;
2498 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2499 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2500 it->string_from_display_prop_p = 1;
2501 }
2502 else if (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2503 {
2504 it->method = next_element_from_stretch;
2505 it->object = value;
2506 it->current.pos = it->position = start_pos;
2507 }
2508 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2509 else
2510 {
2511 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
2512 it->image_id = lookup_image (it->f, value);
2513 it->position = start_pos;
2514 it->object = NILP (object) ? it->w->buffer : object;
2515 it->method = next_element_from_image;
2516
2517 /* Say that we don't have consumed the characters with
2518 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
2519 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
2520 *position = start_pos;
2521 }
2522 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2523 }
2524 }
2525
2526 return space_or_image_found_p;
2527 }
2528
2529
2530 \f
2531 /***********************************************************************
2532 Overlay strings
2533 ***********************************************************************/
2534
2535 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
2536 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
2537
2538 struct overlay_entry
2539 {
2540 Lisp_Object string;
2541 int priority;
2542 int after_string_p;
2543 };
2544
2545
2546 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
2547 Called from handle_stop. */
2548
2549 static enum prop_handled
2550 handle_overlay_change (it)
2551 struct it *it;
2552 {
2553 /* Overlays are handled in current_buffer only. */
2554 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2555 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2556 else
2557 return (get_overlay_strings (it)
2558 ? HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
2559 : HANDLED_NORMALLY);
2560 }
2561
2562
2563 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
2564 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
2565 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
2566 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
2567 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
2568 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
2569
2570 static void
2571 next_overlay_string (it)
2572 struct it *it;
2573 {
2574 ++it->current.overlay_string_index;
2575 if (it->current.overlay_string_index == it->n_overlay_strings)
2576 {
2577 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
2578 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
2579 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
2580 pop_it (it);
2581 xassert (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
2582 && it->stop_charpos <= it->end_charpos);
2583 it->string = Qnil;
2584 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2585 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, -1, -1);
2586 it->n_overlay_strings = 0;
2587 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
2588 }
2589 else
2590 {
2591 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
2592 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
2593 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
2594 it. */
2595 int i = it->current.overlay_string_index % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
2596
2597 if (it->current.overlay_string_index && i == 0)
2598 load_overlay_strings (it);
2599
2600 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
2601 string. */
2602 it->string = it->overlay_strings[i];
2603 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2604 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, 0, 0);
2605 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2606 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2607 }
2608
2609 CHECK_IT (it);
2610 }
2611
2612
2613 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
2614 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
2615 strings for the same position are sorted so that
2616
2617 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings.
2618
2619 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
2620 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
2621
2622 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
2623 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
2624
2625 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
2626
2627
2628 static int
2629 compare_overlay_entries (e1, e2)
2630 void *e1, *e2;
2631 {
2632 struct overlay_entry *entry1 = (struct overlay_entry *) e1;
2633 struct overlay_entry *entry2 = (struct overlay_entry *) e2;
2634 int result;
2635
2636 if (entry1->after_string_p != entry2->after_string_p)
2637 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings. */
2638 result = entry1->after_string_p ? -1 : 1;
2639 else if (entry1->after_string_p)
2640 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
2641 result = entry2->priority - entry1->priority;
2642 else
2643 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
2644 result = entry1->priority - entry2->priority;
2645
2646 return result;
2647 }
2648
2649
2650 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
2651 current buffer position. Set IT->n_overlays to the total number of
2652 overlay strings found.
2653
2654 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
2655 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
2656 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
2657 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
2658 function.
2659
2660 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
2661 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
2662 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
2663 compare_overlay_entries. */
2664
2665 static void
2666 load_overlay_strings (it)
2667 struct it *it;
2668 {
2669 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string, Qbefore_string, Qwindow, Qpriority;
2670 Lisp_Object ov, overlay, window, str;
2671 int start, end;
2672 int size = 20;
2673 int n = 0, i, j;
2674 struct overlay_entry *entries
2675 = (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (size * sizeof *entries);
2676
2677 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
2678 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
2679 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
2680 OVERLAY. */
2681 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
2682 do \
2683 { \
2684 Lisp_Object priority; \
2685 \
2686 if (n == size) \
2687 { \
2688 int new_size = 2 * size; \
2689 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
2690 entries = \
2691 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
2692 * sizeof *entries); \
2693 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
2694 size = new_size; \
2695 } \
2696 \
2697 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
2698 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
2699 entries[n].priority \
2700 = INTEGERP (priority) ? XFASTINT (priority) : 0; \
2701 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
2702 ++n; \
2703 } \
2704 while (0)
2705
2706 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
2707 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_before;
2708 CONSP (ov);
2709 ov = XCDR (ov))
2710 {
2711 overlay = XCAR (ov);
2712 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
2713 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
2714 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
2715
2716 if (end < IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2717 break;
2718
2719 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
2720 position. */
2721 if (end != IT_CHARPOS (*it) && start != IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2722 continue;
2723
2724 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
2725 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
2726 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
2727 continue;
2728
2729 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
2730 if (start == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2731 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
2732 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2733 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
2734
2735 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
2736 if (end == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2737 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
2738 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2739 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
2740 }
2741
2742 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
2743 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_after;
2744 CONSP (ov);
2745 ov = XCDR (ov))
2746 {
2747 overlay = XCAR (ov);
2748 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
2749 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
2750 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
2751
2752 if (start > IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2753 break;
2754
2755 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
2756 position. */
2757 if (end != IT_CHARPOS (*it) && start != IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2758 continue;
2759
2760 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
2761 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
2762 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
2763 continue;
2764
2765 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
2766 if (start == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2767 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
2768 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2769 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
2770
2771 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
2772 if (end == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2773 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
2774 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2775 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
2776 }
2777
2778 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
2779
2780 /* Sort entries. */
2781 qsort (entries, n, sizeof *entries, compare_overlay_entries);
2782
2783 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
2784 it->n_overlay_strings = n;
2785
2786 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
2787 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
2788 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
2789 i = 0;
2790 j = it->current.overlay_string_index;
2791 while (i < OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE && j < n)
2792 it->overlay_strings[i++] = entries[j++].string;
2793
2794 CHECK_IT (it);
2795 }
2796
2797
2798 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
2799 position. Value is non-zero if at least one overlay string was
2800 found. */
2801
2802 static int
2803 get_overlay_strings (it)
2804 struct it *it;
2805 {
2806 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
2807 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
2808 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
2809 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
2810 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
2811 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
2812 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
2813 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
2814 load_overlay_strings (it);
2815
2816 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
2817 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
2818 from current_buffer. */
2819 if (it->n_overlay_strings)
2820 {
2821 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
2822 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
2823 strings. */
2824 compute_stop_pos (it);
2825 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
2826
2827 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
2828 strings have been processed. */
2829 xassert (it->sp == 0);
2830 push_it (it);
2831
2832 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
2833 string. */
2834 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2835 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2836 it->string = it->overlay_strings[0];
2837 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2838 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
2839 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2840 }
2841 else
2842 {
2843 it->string = Qnil;
2844 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2845 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
2846 }
2847
2848 CHECK_IT (it);
2849
2850 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
2851 return STRINGP (it->string);
2852 }
2853
2854
2855 \f
2856 /***********************************************************************
2857 Saving and restoring state
2858 ***********************************************************************/
2859
2860 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
2861 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
2862 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
2863 processed. */
2864
2865 static void
2866 push_it (it)
2867 struct it *it;
2868 {
2869 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
2870
2871 xassert (it->sp < 2);
2872 p = it->stack + it->sp;
2873
2874 p->stop_charpos = it->stop_charpos;
2875 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
2876 p->face_id = it->face_id;
2877 p->string = it->string;
2878 p->pos = it->current;
2879 p->end_charpos = it->end_charpos;
2880 p->string_nchars = it->string_nchars;
2881 p->area = it->area;
2882 p->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
2883 p->space_width = it->space_width;
2884 p->font_height = it->font_height;
2885 p->voffset = it->voffset;
2886 p->string_from_display_prop_p = it->string_from_display_prop_p;
2887 ++it->sp;
2888 }
2889
2890
2891 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
2892 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
2893 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
2894 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
2895 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
2896
2897 static void
2898 pop_it (it)
2899 struct it *it;
2900 {
2901 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
2902
2903 xassert (it->sp > 0);
2904 --it->sp;
2905 p = it->stack + it->sp;
2906 it->stop_charpos = p->stop_charpos;
2907 it->face_id = p->face_id;
2908 it->string = p->string;
2909 it->current = p->pos;
2910 it->end_charpos = p->end_charpos;
2911 it->string_nchars = p->string_nchars;
2912 it->area = p->area;
2913 it->multibyte_p = p->multibyte_p;
2914 it->space_width = p->space_width;
2915 it->font_height = p->font_height;
2916 it->voffset = p->voffset;
2917 it->string_from_display_prop_p = p->string_from_display_prop_p;
2918 }
2919
2920
2921 \f
2922 /***********************************************************************
2923 Moving over lines
2924 ***********************************************************************/
2925
2926 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
2927
2928 static void
2929 back_to_previous_line_start (it)
2930 struct it *it;
2931 {
2932 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, -1);
2933 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2934 }
2935
2936
2937 /* Set IT's current position to the next line start. */
2938
2939 static void
2940 forward_to_next_line_start (it)
2941 struct it *it;
2942 {
2943 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it), 1);
2944 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2945 }
2946
2947
2948 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
2949 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
2950 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
2951 IT->hpos. */
2952
2953 static void
2954 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it)
2955 struct it *it;
2956 {
2957 int visible_p = 0;
2958
2959 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
2960 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
2961 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
2962
2963 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
2964 or text properties. */
2965 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
2966 && !visible_p)
2967 {
2968 visible_p = 1;
2969
2970 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
2971 are invisible. */
2972 if (it->selective > 0
2973 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
2974 it->selective))
2975 visible_p = 0;
2976 #ifdef USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES
2977 else
2978 {
2979 Lisp_Object prop;
2980
2981 prop = Fget_char_property (IT_CHARPOS (*it), Qinvisible, it->window);
2982 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
2983 visible_p = 0;
2984 }
2985 #endif /* USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES */
2986
2987 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
2988 if (!visible_p)
2989 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
2990 }
2991
2992 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
2993 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEGV
2994 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
2995 CHECK_IT (it);
2996 }
2997
2998
2999 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3000 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3001 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3002 face information etc. */
3003
3004 static void
3005 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3006 struct it *it;
3007 {
3008 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
3009 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
3010 CHECK_IT (it);
3011 }
3012
3013
3014 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
3015 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
3016 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
3017 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
3018 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
3019 is invisible because of text properties. */
3020
3021 static void
3022 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, on_newline_p)
3023 struct it *it;
3024 int on_newline_p;
3025 {
3026 /* Restore the buffer position when currently not delivering display
3027 elements from the current buffer. This is the case, for example,
3028 when called at the end of a truncated overlay string. */
3029 while (it->sp)
3030 pop_it (it);
3031 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3032
3033 /* Otherwise, scan_buffer would not work. */
3034 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
3035 {
3036 /* If on a newline, advance past it. Otherwise, find the next
3037 newline which automatically gives us the position following
3038 the newline. */
3039 if (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)) == '\n')
3040 {
3041 ++IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3042 ++IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3043 }
3044 else
3045 forward_to_next_line_start (it);
3046
3047 /* We must either have reached the end of the buffer or end up
3048 after a newline. */
3049 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
3050 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3051
3052 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
3053 more than the value of IT->selective. */
3054 if (it->selective > 0)
3055 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV
3056 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3057 it->selective))
3058 forward_to_next_line_start (it);
3059
3060 /* Position on the newline if we should. */
3061 if (on_newline_p && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3062 {
3063 --IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3064 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3065 }
3066
3067 /* Set the iterator there. The 0 as the last parameter of
3068 reseat means don't force a text property lookup. The lookup
3069 is then only done if we've skipped past the iterator's
3070 check_charpos'es. This optimization is important because
3071 text property lookups tend to be expensive. */
3072 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3073 }
3074
3075 CHECK_IT (it);
3076 }
3077
3078
3079 \f
3080 /***********************************************************************
3081 Changing an iterator's position
3082 ***********************************************************************/
3083
3084 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
3085 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
3086 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
3087 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
3088
3089 static void
3090 reseat (it, pos, force_p)
3091 struct it *it;
3092 struct text_pos pos;
3093 int force_p;
3094 {
3095 int original_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3096
3097 reseat_1 (it, pos, 0);
3098
3099 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
3100 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
3101 if (force_p
3102 || CHARPOS (pos) > it->stop_charpos
3103 || CHARPOS (pos) < original_pos)
3104 handle_stop (it);
3105
3106 CHECK_IT (it);
3107 }
3108
3109
3110 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
3111 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
3112
3113 static void
3114 reseat_1 (it, pos, set_stop_p)
3115 struct it *it;
3116 struct text_pos pos;
3117 int set_stop_p;
3118 {
3119 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
3120 xassert (it->s == NULL);
3121
3122 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
3123 xassert (CHARPOS (pos) >= BEGV && CHARPOS (pos) <= ZV);
3124
3125 it->current.pos = it->position = pos;
3126 XSETBUFFER (it->object, current_buffer);
3127 it->dpvec = NULL;
3128 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3129 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3130 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = -1;
3131 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3132 it->string = Qnil;
3133 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3134 it->sp = 0;
3135
3136 if (set_stop_p)
3137 it->stop_charpos = CHARPOS (pos);
3138 }
3139
3140
3141 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
3142 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
3143 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
3144
3145 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
3146 characters from the string.
3147
3148 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3149 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
3150 field width.
3151
3152 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
3153 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
3154 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
3155
3156 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
3157 calling this function. */
3158
3159 static void
3160 reseat_to_string (it, s, string, charpos, precision, field_width, multibyte)
3161 struct it *it;
3162 unsigned char *s;
3163 Lisp_Object string;
3164 int charpos;
3165 int precision, field_width, multibyte;
3166 {
3167 /* No region in strings. */
3168 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
3169
3170 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
3171 it->stop_charpos = -1;
3172
3173 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
3174 bzero (&it->current, sizeof it->current);
3175 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3176 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3177 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
3178 xassert (charpos >= 0);
3179
3180 /* Use the setting of MULTIBYTE if specified. */
3181 if (multibyte >= 0)
3182 it->multibyte_p = multibyte > 0;
3183
3184 if (s == NULL)
3185 {
3186 xassert (STRINGP (string));
3187 it->string = string;
3188 it->s = NULL;
3189 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = XSTRING (string)->size;
3190 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3191 it->current.string_pos = string_pos (charpos, string);
3192 }
3193 else
3194 {
3195 it->s = s;
3196 it->string = Qnil;
3197
3198 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
3199 for displaying C strings. */
3200 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3201 if (it->multibyte_p)
3202 {
3203 it->current.pos = c_string_pos (charpos, s, 1);
3204 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = number_of_chars (s, 1);
3205 }
3206 else
3207 {
3208 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = charpos;
3209 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = strlen (s);
3210 }
3211
3212 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3213 }
3214
3215 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
3216 from the string. */
3217 if (precision > 0 && it->end_charpos - charpos > precision)
3218 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = charpos + precision;
3219
3220 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3221 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
3222 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
3223 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
3224 if (field_width < 0)
3225 field_width = INFINITY;
3226 if (field_width > it->end_charpos - charpos)
3227 it->end_charpos = charpos + field_width;
3228
3229 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
3230 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table))
3231 it->dp = XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table);
3232
3233 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
3234 CHECK_IT (it);
3235 }
3236
3237
3238 \f
3239 /***********************************************************************
3240 Iteration
3241 ***********************************************************************/
3242
3243 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3244 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
3245 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
3246
3247 int
3248 get_next_display_element (it)
3249 struct it *it;
3250 {
3251 /* Non-zero means that we found an display element. Zero means that
3252 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
3253 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
3254 using a sequence of if-statements. */
3255 int success_p = (*it->method) (it);
3256 int charset;
3257
3258 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
3259 {
3260 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
3261 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
3262 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
3263 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
3264 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
3265 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
3266 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
3267 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
3268 it? */
3269 if (success_p && it->dpvec == NULL)
3270 {
3271 Lisp_Object dv;
3272
3273 if (it->dp
3274 && (dv = DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it->dp, it->c),
3275 VECTORP (dv)))
3276 {
3277 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (dv);
3278
3279 /* Return the first character from the display table
3280 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
3281 current character. */
3282 if (v->size)
3283 {
3284 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3285 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3286 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3287 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3288 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3289 }
3290
3291 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3292 }
3293
3294 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
3295 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
3296 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
3297 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
3298 don't believe that it is worth doing.
3299
3300 Non-printable multibyte characters are also translated
3301 octal form. */
3302 else if ((it->c < ' '
3303 && (it->area != TEXT_AREA
3304 || (it->c != '\n' && it->c != '\t')))
3305 || (it->c >= 127
3306 && it->len == 1)
3307 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it->c))
3308 {
3309 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
3310 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
3311 can be defined in the display table. Fill
3312 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
3313 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
3314 GLYPH g;
3315
3316 if (it->c < 128 && it->ctl_arrow_p)
3317 {
3318 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
3319 if (it->dp
3320 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))
3321 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3322 g = XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp));
3323 else
3324 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
3325 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[0], g);
3326
3327 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it->c ^ 0100, 0);
3328 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[1], g);
3329
3330 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
3331 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3332 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3333 it->dpend = it->dpvec + 2;
3334 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3335 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3336 get_next_display_element (it);
3337 }
3338 else
3339 {
3340 unsigned char work[4], *str;
3341 int len = CHAR_STRING (it->c, work, str);
3342 int i;
3343 GLYPH escape_glyph;
3344
3345 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
3346 if (it->dp
3347 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))
3348 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3349 escape_glyph = XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp));
3350 else
3351 escape_glyph = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
3352
3353 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3354 {
3355 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4], escape_glyph);
3356 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
3357 the octal display of the character. */
3358 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
3359 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 1], g);
3360 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
3361 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 2], g);
3362 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str[i] & 7) + '0', 0);
3363 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 3], g);
3364 }
3365
3366 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
3367 from it. */
3368 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3369 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3370 it->dpend = it->dpvec + len * 4;
3371 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3372 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3373 get_next_display_element (it);
3374 }
3375 }
3376 }
3377
3378 /* Adjust face id if charset changes. There are no charset
3379 changes in unibyte text because Emacs' charsets are not
3380 applicable there. */
3381 if (it->multibyte_p
3382 && success_p
3383 && (charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->c),
3384 charset != it->charset))
3385 {
3386 it->charset = charset;
3387 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, it->face_id, charset);
3388 }
3389 }
3390
3391 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
3392 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
3393 if (it->face_box_p
3394 && it->s == NULL)
3395 {
3396 int face_id;
3397 struct face *face;
3398
3399 it->end_of_box_run_p
3400 = ((face_id = face_after_it_pos (it),
3401 face_id != it->face_id)
3402 && (face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id),
3403 face->box == FACE_NO_BOX));
3404 }
3405
3406 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
3407 return success_p;
3408 }
3409
3410
3411 /* Move IT to the next display element.
3412
3413 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
3414 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
3415 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
3416 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
3417 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
3418 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
3419 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
3420 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
3421 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
3422
3423 void
3424 set_iterator_to_next (it)
3425 struct it *it;
3426 {
3427 if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
3428 {
3429 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
3430 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
3431 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
3432 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
3433 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
3434 else
3435 {
3436 xassert (it->len != 0);
3437 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3438 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
3439 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
3440 }
3441 }
3442 else if (it->method == next_element_from_c_string)
3443 {
3444 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
3445 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3446 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
3447 }
3448 else if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
3449 {
3450 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
3451 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
3452 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
3453 strings. */
3454 ++it->current.dpvec_index;
3455
3456 /* Restore face and charset of the iterator to what they were
3457 before the display vector entry (these entries may contain
3458 faces, and of course characters of different charsets). */
3459 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
3460 it->charset = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id)->charset;
3461
3462 if (it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index == it->dpend)
3463 {
3464 if (it->s)
3465 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3466 else if (STRINGP (it->string))
3467 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3468 else
3469 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3470
3471 it->dpvec = NULL;
3472 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3473
3474 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
3475 if (it->dpvec_char_len < 0)
3476 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
3477 else if (it->dpvec_char_len > 0)
3478 {
3479 it->len = it->dpvec_char_len;
3480 set_iterator_to_next (it);
3481 }
3482 }
3483 }
3484 else if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
3485 {
3486 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
3487 xassert (it->s == NULL && STRINGP (it->string));
3488 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3489 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
3490
3491 consider_string_end:
3492
3493 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
3494 {
3495 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
3496 next, if there is one. */
3497 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
3498 next_overlay_string (it);
3499 }
3500 else
3501 {
3502 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
3503 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
3504 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
3505 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
3506 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == XSTRING (it->string)->size
3507 && it->sp > 0)
3508 {
3509 pop_it (it);
3510 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
3511 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3512 }
3513 }
3514 }
3515 else if (it->method == next_element_from_image
3516 || it->method == next_element_from_stretch)
3517 {
3518 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
3519 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
3520 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
3521 pop_it (it);
3522 it->image_id = 0;
3523 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3524 {
3525 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3526 goto consider_string_end;
3527 }
3528 else
3529 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3530 }
3531 else
3532 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
3533 abort ();
3534
3535 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of
3536 characters with box. */
3537 it->start_of_box_run_p = it->end_of_box_run_p = 0;
3538
3539 xassert (it->method != next_element_from_string
3540 || (STRINGP (it->string)
3541 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0));
3542 }
3543
3544
3545 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3546 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
3547 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
3548 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
3549
3550 static int
3551 next_element_from_display_vector (it)
3552 struct it *it;
3553 {
3554 /* Precondition. */
3555 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
3556
3557 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
3558 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
3559 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
3560
3561 if (INTEGERP (*it->dpvec)
3562 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it->dpvec)))
3563 {
3564 int lface_id;
3565 GLYPH g;
3566
3567 g = XFASTINT (it->dpvec[it->current.dpvec_index]);
3568 it->c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
3569 it->len = CHAR_LEN (it->c);
3570
3571 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
3572 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
3573 zero means no face. */
3574 lface_id = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
3575 if (lface_id)
3576 {
3577 int face_id = ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it->f, lface_id);
3578 if (face_id >= 0)
3579 {
3580 it->face_id = face_id;
3581 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
3582 }
3583 }
3584 }
3585 else
3586 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
3587 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
3588
3589 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
3590 still the values of the character that had this display table
3591 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
3592 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
3593 return 1;
3594 }
3595
3596
3597 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
3598 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
3599 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
3600 overlay string. */
3601
3602 static int
3603 next_element_from_string (it)
3604 struct it *it;
3605 {
3606 struct text_pos position;
3607
3608 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3609 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
3610 position = it->current.string_pos;
3611
3612 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
3613 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos
3614 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == it->stop_charpos)
3615 {
3616 handle_stop (it);
3617
3618 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
3619 recurse here. */
3620 return get_next_display_element (it);
3621 }
3622
3623 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
3624 {
3625 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
3626 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
3627 do. */
3628 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
3629 {
3630 it->what = IT_EOB;
3631 return 0;
3632 }
3633 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
3634 {
3635 int remaining = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
3636 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3637 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
3638 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3639 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, remaining, &it->len);
3640 }
3641 else
3642 {
3643 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
3644 it->len = 1;
3645 }
3646 }
3647 else
3648 {
3649 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
3650 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
3651 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
3652 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
3653 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3654 {
3655 it->what = IT_EOB;
3656 return 0;
3657 }
3658 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
3659 {
3660 /* Pad with spaces. */
3661 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
3662 CHARPOS (position) = BYTEPOS (position) = -1;
3663 }
3664 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
3665 {
3666 int maxlen = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
3667 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3668 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
3669 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3670 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, maxlen, &it->len);
3671 }
3672 else
3673 {
3674 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
3675 it->len = 1;
3676 }
3677 }
3678
3679 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
3680 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
3681 string position. */
3682 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
3683 it->object = it->string;
3684 it->position = position;
3685 return 1;
3686 }
3687
3688
3689 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
3690 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
3691 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
3692 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
3693 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
3694 reached, including padding spaces. */
3695
3696 static int
3697 next_element_from_c_string (it)
3698 struct it *it;
3699 {
3700 int success_p = 1;
3701
3702 xassert (it->s);
3703 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
3704 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = 0;
3705 it->object = Qnil;
3706
3707 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
3708 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
3709 initialized. */
3710 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3711 {
3712 /* End of the game. */
3713 it->what = IT_EOB;
3714 success_p = 0;
3715 }
3716 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
3717 {
3718 /* Pad with spaces. */
3719 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
3720 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = -1;
3721 }
3722 else if (it->multibyte_p)
3723 {
3724 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
3725 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
3726 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
3727 int maxlen = strlen (it->s) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3728 it->c = string_char_and_length (it->s + IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3729 maxlen, &it->len);
3730 }
3731 else
3732 it->c = it->s[IT_BYTEPOS (*it)], it->len = 1;
3733
3734 return success_p;
3735 }
3736
3737
3738 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
3739 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
3740 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
3741 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
3742
3743 static void
3744 next_element_from_ellipsis (it)
3745 struct it *it;
3746 {
3747 if (it->dp && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
3748 {
3749 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
3750 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
3751 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
3752 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3753 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3754 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3755 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3756 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3757 get_next_display_element (it);
3758 }
3759 else if (it->selective_display_ellipsis_p)
3760 {
3761 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
3762 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3763 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
3764 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
3765 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3766 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3767 get_next_display_element (it);
3768 }
3769 }
3770
3771
3772 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
3773 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
3774 is always 1. */
3775
3776
3777 static int
3778 next_element_from_image (it)
3779 struct it *it;
3780 {
3781 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
3782 return 1;
3783 }
3784
3785
3786 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
3787 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
3788 always 1. */
3789
3790 static int
3791 next_element_from_stretch (it)
3792 struct it *it;
3793 {
3794 it->what = IT_STRETCH;
3795 return 1;
3796 }
3797
3798
3799 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
3800 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
3801 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
3802 end. */
3803
3804 static int
3805 next_element_from_buffer (it)
3806 struct it *it;
3807 {
3808 int success_p = 1;
3809
3810 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
3811 if-statement, below. */
3812 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV
3813 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= it->stop_charpos);
3814
3815 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->stop_charpos)
3816 {
3817 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3818 {
3819 int overlay_strings_follow_p;
3820
3821 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
3822 haven't been returned yet. */
3823 if (it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p)
3824 overlay_strings_follow_p = 0;
3825 else
3826 {
3827 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
3828 overlay_strings_follow_p
3829 = get_overlay_strings (it);
3830 }
3831
3832 if (overlay_strings_follow_p)
3833 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3834 else
3835 {
3836 it->what = IT_EOB;
3837 it->position = it->current.pos;
3838 success_p = 0;
3839 }
3840 }
3841 else
3842 {
3843 handle_stop (it);
3844 return get_next_display_element (it);
3845 }
3846 }
3847 else
3848 {
3849 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
3850 character from current_buffer. */
3851 unsigned char *p;
3852
3853 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
3854 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
3855 if (it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
3856 && it->glyph_row
3857 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos)
3858 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it);
3859
3860 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
3861 p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
3862 if (it->multibyte_p)
3863 {
3864 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
3865 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
3866 it->c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &it->len);
3867 }
3868 else
3869 it->c = *p, it->len = 1;
3870
3871 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
3872 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;;
3873 it->object = it->w->buffer;
3874 it->position = it->current.pos;
3875
3876 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
3877 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
3878 if (it->selective)
3879 {
3880 if (it->c == '\n')
3881 {
3882 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
3883 than that number of columns. */
3884 if (it->selective > 0
3885 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1 < ZV
3886 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1,
3887 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) + 1,
3888 it->selective))
3889 {
3890 next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
3891 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
3892 }
3893 }
3894 else if (it->c == '\r' && it->selective == -1)
3895 {
3896 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
3897 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
3898 ellipsis displayed for it. */
3899 next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
3900 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
3901 }
3902 }
3903 }
3904
3905 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
3906 xassert (!success_p || it->len > 0);
3907 return success_p;
3908 }
3909
3910
3911 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
3912
3913 static void
3914 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it)
3915 struct it *it;
3916 {
3917 Lisp_Object args[3];
3918
3919 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
3920 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
3921 xassert (it->glyph_row);
3922
3923 /* Set up hook arguments. */
3924 args[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
3925 args[1] = it->window;
3926 XSETINT (args[2], it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos);
3927 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = 0;
3928
3929 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
3930 them again, even if they get an error. */
3931 it->w->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
3932 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args);
3933
3934 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
3935 handle_face_prop (it);
3936 }
3937
3938
3939 \f
3940 /***********************************************************************
3941 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
3942 ***********************************************************************/
3943
3944 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
3945 line on the display without producing glyphs.
3946
3947 Begin to skip at IT's current position. Skip to TO_CHARPOS or TO_X
3948 whichever is reached first.
3949
3950 TO_CHARPOS <= 0 means no TO_CHARPOS is specified.
3951
3952 TO_X < 0 means that no TO_X is specified. TO_X is normally a value
3953 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x. This means in particular, that
3954 TO_X includes the amount by which a window is horizontally
3955 scrolled.
3956
3957 Value is
3958
3959 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
3960 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
3961
3962 MOVE_X_REACHED
3963 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
3964
3965 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
3966 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
3967 be continued.
3968
3969 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
3970 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
3971 truncated.
3972
3973 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
3974 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
3975 display is on. */
3976
3977 enum move_it_result
3978 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op)
3979 struct it *it;
3980 int to_charpos, to_x, op;
3981 {
3982 enum move_it_result result = MOVE_UNDEFINED;
3983 struct glyph_row *saved_glyph_row;
3984
3985 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
3986 saved_glyph_row = it->glyph_row;
3987 it->glyph_row = NULL;
3988
3989 while (1)
3990 {
3991 int x, i;
3992
3993 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
3994 if (!get_next_display_element (it)
3995 || ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
3996 && BUFFERP (it->object)
3997 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos))
3998 {
3999 result = MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV;
4000 break;
4001 }
4002
4003 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
4004 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
4005 x-position before this display element in case it does not
4006 fit on the line. */
4007 x = it->current_x;
4008 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
4009
4010 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
4011 {
4012 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4013 continue;
4014 }
4015
4016 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
4017 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
4018 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
4019 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
4020 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
4021 composite character.
4022
4023 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
4024 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
4025 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
4026 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
4027 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
4028 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
4029 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
4030 next line.
4031
4032 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
4033 the same width. */
4034 if (it->nglyphs)
4035 {
4036 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
4037 glyphs have the same width. */
4038 int single_glyph_width = it->pixel_width / it->nglyphs;
4039 int new_x;
4040
4041 for (i = 0; i < it->nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
4042 {
4043 new_x = x + single_glyph_width;
4044
4045 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
4046 if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && new_x > to_x)
4047 {
4048 it->current_x = x;
4049 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4050 break;
4051 }
4052 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
4053 !it->truncate_lines_p
4054 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
4055 new_x > it->last_visible_x
4056 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
4057 system frame. */
4058 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4059 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
4060 {
4061 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
4062 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
4063 it->hpos == 0
4064 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4065 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
4066 {
4067 ++it->hpos;
4068 it->current_x = new_x;
4069 if (i == it->nglyphs - 1)
4070 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4071 }
4072 else
4073 it->current_x = x;
4074
4075 result = MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED;
4076 break;
4077 }
4078 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
4079 {
4080 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
4081 would be displayed. */
4082 ++it->hpos;
4083 }
4084 else
4085 {
4086 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
4087 area. Nothing to do. */
4088 }
4089 }
4090
4091 if (result != MOVE_UNDEFINED)
4092 break;
4093 }
4094 else if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && it->current_x >= to_x)
4095 {
4096 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
4097 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
4098 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
4099 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
4100 xassert (it->nglyphs == 0);
4101 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4102 break;
4103 }
4104
4105 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
4106 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
4107 {
4108 result = MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR;
4109 break;
4110 }
4111
4112 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
4113 to the next. */
4114 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4115
4116 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
4117 past the right edge of the window now. */
4118 if (it->truncate_lines_p
4119 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
4120 {
4121 result = MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED;
4122 break;
4123 }
4124 }
4125
4126 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
4127 function. */
4128 it->glyph_row = saved_glyph_row;
4129 return result;
4130 }
4131
4132
4133 /* Move IT forward to a specified buffer position TO_CHARPOS, TO_X,
4134 TO_Y, TO_VPOS. OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop. See
4135 the description of enum move_operation_enum.
4136
4137 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
4138 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
4139 TO_CHARPOS. */
4140
4141 void
4142 move_it_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos, op)
4143 struct it *it;
4144 int to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos;
4145 int op;
4146 {
4147 enum move_it_result skip, skip2 = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4148 int line_height;
4149
4150 while (1)
4151 {
4152 if (op & MOVE_TO_VPOS)
4153 {
4154 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
4155 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
4156 if ((op & (MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_POS)) == 0)
4157 {
4158 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4159 break;
4160 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
4161 }
4162 else
4163 {
4164 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
4165 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
4166 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op);
4167
4168 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV || it->vpos == to_vpos)
4169 break;
4170 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED && it->vpos != to_vpos)
4171 {
4172 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
4173 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4174 -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4175 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4176 break;
4177 }
4178 }
4179 }
4180 else if (op & MOVE_TO_Y)
4181 {
4182 struct it it_backup;
4183 int done_p;
4184
4185 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
4186 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
4187 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
4188 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
4189 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
4190 TO_X.
4191
4192 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
4193 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
4194 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
4195 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
4196 to happen. */
4197 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4198 ((op & MOVE_TO_X)
4199 ? to_x : 0),
4200 (MOVE_TO_X
4201 | (op & MOVE_TO_POS)));
4202
4203 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
4204 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4205 break;
4206
4207 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
4208 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
4209 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
4210 the line. */
4211 done_p = 0;
4212 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4213 {
4214 it_backup = *it;
4215 skip2 = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1,
4216 op & MOVE_TO_POS);
4217 }
4218
4219 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
4220 line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4221
4222 if (to_y >= it->current_y
4223 && to_y < it->current_y + line_height)
4224 {
4225 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4226 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
4227 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
4228 to the ones before skipping. */
4229 *it = it_backup;
4230 done_p = 1;
4231 }
4232 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4233 {
4234 skip = skip2;
4235 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4236 done_p = 1;
4237 }
4238
4239 if (done_p)
4240 break;
4241 }
4242 else
4243 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4244
4245 switch (skip)
4246 {
4247 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV:
4248 return;
4249
4250 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR:
4251 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4252 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4253 break;
4254
4255 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED:
4256 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4257 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4258 if ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4259 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)
4260 goto out;
4261 break;
4262
4263 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED:
4264 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
4265 break;
4266
4267 default:
4268 abort ();
4269 }
4270
4271 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
4272 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
4273 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4274 it->current_y += it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4275 ++it->vpos;
4276 last_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4277 last_max_ascent = it->max_ascent;
4278 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
4279 }
4280 out:;
4281 }
4282
4283
4284 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
4285
4286 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
4287 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
4288 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
4289 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
4290 set to the top of the line moved to. */
4291
4292 void
4293 move_it_vertically_backward (it, dy)
4294 struct it *it;
4295 int dy;
4296 {
4297 int nlines, h, line_height;
4298 struct it it2;
4299 int start_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4300
4301 xassert (dy >= 0);
4302
4303 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
4304 nlines = max (1, dy / CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f));
4305
4306 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
4307 while (nlines-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4308 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
4309
4310 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
4311 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
4312 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
4313 use reseat_1 here. */
4314 reseat_1 (it, it->current.pos, 1);
4315
4316 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
4317 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4318
4319 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
4320 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
4321 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
4322 y-distance. */
4323 it2 = *it;
4324 it2.max_ascent = it2.max_descent = 0;
4325 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, it2.vpos + 1,
4326 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_VPOS);
4327 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4328 line_height = it2.max_ascent + it2.max_descent;
4329 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4330 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4331 h = it2.current_y - it->current_y;
4332 nlines = it2.vpos - it->vpos;
4333
4334 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
4335 it->vpos -= nlines;
4336 it->current_y -= h;
4337
4338 if (dy == 0)
4339 {
4340 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
4341 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
4342 if (nlines > 0)
4343 move_it_by_lines (it, nlines, 1);
4344 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= start_pos);
4345 }
4346 else if (nlines)
4347 {
4348 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
4349 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
4350 int target_y = it->current_y + h - dy;
4351
4352 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
4353 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
4354 if (target_y < it->current_y
4355 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4356 {
4357 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - it->current_y);
4358 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4359 }
4360 else if (target_y >= it->current_y + line_height
4361 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
4362 {
4363 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - (it->current_y + line_height));
4364 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4365 }
4366 }
4367 }
4368
4369
4370 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
4371 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
4372 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
4373
4374 void
4375 move_it_vertically (it, dy)
4376 struct it *it;
4377 int dy;
4378 {
4379 if (dy <= 0)
4380 move_it_vertically_backward (it, -dy);
4381 else if (dy > 0)
4382 {
4383 move_it_to (it, ZV, -1, it->current_y + dy, -1,
4384 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_Y);
4385
4386 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
4387 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
4388 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
4389 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n')
4390 move_it_by_lines (it, 0, 0);
4391 }
4392 }
4393
4394
4395 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
4396 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
4397 property lookup. */
4398
4399 static int
4400 invisible_text_between_p (it, start_charpos, end_charpos)
4401 struct it *it;
4402 int start_charpos, end_charpos;
4403 {
4404 #ifdef USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES
4405 Lisp_Object prop, limit;
4406 int invisible_found_p;
4407
4408 xassert (it != NULL && start_charpos <= end_charpos);
4409
4410 /* Is text at START invisible? */
4411 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos), Qinvisible,
4412 it->window);
4413 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
4414 invisible_found_p = 1;
4415 else
4416 {
4417 limit = Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start_charpos),
4418 Qinvisible,
4419 Fcurrent_buffer (),
4420 make_number (end_charpos));
4421 invisible_found_p = XFASTINT (limit) < end_charpos;
4422 }
4423
4424 return invisible_found_p;
4425
4426 #else /* not USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES */
4427 return 0;
4428 #endif /* not USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES */
4429 }
4430
4431
4432 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
4433 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
4434 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
4435 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
4436
4437 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
4438 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
4439 truncate-lines nil. */
4440
4441 void
4442 move_it_by_lines (it, dvpos, need_y_p)
4443 struct it *it;
4444 int dvpos, need_y_p;
4445 {
4446 struct position pos;
4447
4448 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
4449 {
4450 struct text_pos textpos;
4451
4452 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
4453 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
4454 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
4455 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
4456 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
4457 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
4458 }
4459 else if (dvpos == 0)
4460 {
4461 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
4462 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
4463 xassert (it->current_x == 0 && it->hpos == 0);
4464 }
4465 else if (dvpos > 0)
4466 {
4467 /* If there are no continuation lines, and if there is no
4468 selective display, try the simple method of moving forward
4469 DVPOS newlines, then see where we are. */
4470 if (!need_y_p && it->truncate_lines_p && it->selective == 0)
4471 {
4472 int shortage = 0, charpos;
4473
4474 if (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == '\n'))
4475 charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1;
4476 else
4477 charpos = scan_buffer ('\n', IT_CHARPOS (*it), 0, dvpos,
4478 &shortage, 0);
4479
4480 if (!invisible_text_between_p (it, IT_CHARPOS (*it), charpos))
4481 {
4482 struct text_pos pos;
4483 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
4484 BYTEPOS (pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
4485 reseat (it, pos, 1);
4486 it->vpos += dvpos - shortage;
4487 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
4488 return;
4489 }
4490 }
4491
4492 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + dvpos, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
4493 }
4494 else
4495 {
4496 struct it it2;
4497 int start_charpos, i;
4498
4499 /* If there are no continuation lines, and if there is no
4500 selective display, try the simple method of moving backward
4501 -DVPOS newlines. */
4502 if (!need_y_p && it->truncate_lines_p && it->selective == 0)
4503 {
4504 int shortage;
4505 int charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4506 int bytepos = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4507
4508 /* If in the middle of a line, go to its start. */
4509 if (charpos > BEGV && FETCH_BYTE (bytepos - 1) != '\n')
4510 {
4511 charpos = find_next_newline_no_quit (charpos, -1);
4512 bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
4513 }
4514
4515 if (charpos == BEGV)
4516 {
4517 struct text_pos pos;
4518 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
4519 BYTEPOS (pos) = bytepos;
4520 reseat (it, pos, 1);
4521 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
4522 return;
4523 }
4524 else
4525 {
4526 charpos = scan_buffer ('\n', charpos - 1, 0, dvpos, &shortage, 0);
4527 if (!invisible_text_between_p (it, charpos, IT_CHARPOS (*it)))
4528 {
4529 struct text_pos pos;
4530 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
4531 BYTEPOS (pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
4532 reseat (it, pos, 1);
4533 it->vpos += dvpos + (shortage ? shortage - 1 : 0);
4534 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
4535 return;
4536 }
4537 }
4538 }
4539
4540 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
4541 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4542 for (i = -dvpos; i && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV; --i)
4543 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
4544 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
4545 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4546
4547 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
4548 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
4549 it2 = *it;
4550 it2.vpos = it2.current_y = 0;
4551 move_it_to (&it2, start_charpos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4552 it->vpos -= it2.vpos;
4553 it->current_y -= it2.current_y;
4554 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4555
4556 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
4557 if (it2.vpos > -dvpos)
4558 {
4559 int delta = it2.vpos + dvpos;
4560 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + delta, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
4561 }
4562 }
4563 }
4564
4565
4566 \f
4567 /***********************************************************************
4568 Messages
4569 ***********************************************************************/
4570
4571
4572 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
4573
4574 void
4575 message_log_maybe_newline ()
4576 {
4577 if (message_log_need_newline)
4578 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
4579 }
4580
4581
4582 /* Add a string M of length LEN to the message log, optionally
4583 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
4584 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
4585 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
4586 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
4587
4588 void
4589 message_dolog (m, len, nlflag, multibyte)
4590 char *m;
4591 int len, nlflag, multibyte;
4592 {
4593 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max))
4594 {
4595 struct buffer *oldbuf;
4596 Lisp_Object oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv;
4597 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
4598 int point_at_end = 0;
4599 int zv_at_end = 0;
4600 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark, tem;
4601 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
4602
4603 old_deactivate_mark = Vdeactivate_mark;
4604 oldbuf = current_buffer;
4605 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (build_string ("*Messages*")));
4606 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
4607
4608 oldpoint = Fpoint_marker ();
4609 oldbegv = Fpoint_min_marker ();
4610 oldzv = Fpoint_max_marker ();
4611 GCPRO4 (oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv, old_deactivate_mark);
4612
4613 if (PT == Z)
4614 point_at_end = 1;
4615 if (ZV == Z)
4616 zv_at_end = 1;
4617
4618 BEGV = BEG;
4619 BEGV_BYTE = BEG_BYTE;
4620 ZV = Z;
4621 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
4622 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
4623
4624 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
4625 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
4626 if (multibyte
4627 && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
4628 {
4629 int i, c, nbytes;
4630 unsigned char work[1];
4631
4632 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
4633 for the *Message* buffer. */
4634 for (i = 0; i < len; i += nbytes)
4635 {
4636 c = string_char_and_length (m + i, len - i, &nbytes);
4637 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
4638 ? c
4639 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
4640 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
4641 }
4642 }
4643 else if (! multibyte
4644 && ! NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
4645 {
4646 int i, c, nbytes;
4647 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) m;
4648 unsigned char *str, work[4];
4649 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
4650 for the *Message* buffer. */
4651 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
4652 {
4653 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
4654 nbytes = CHAR_STRING (c, work, str);
4655 insert_1_both (work, 1, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
4656 }
4657 }
4658 else if (len)
4659 insert_1 (m, len, 1, 0, 0);
4660
4661 if (nlflag)
4662 {
4663 int this_bol, this_bol_byte, prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, dup;
4664 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
4665
4666 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
4667 this_bol = PT;
4668 this_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
4669
4670 if (this_bol > BEG)
4671 {
4672 scan_newline (PT, PT_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
4673 prev_bol = PT;
4674 prev_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
4675
4676 dup = message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
4677 this_bol, this_bol_byte);
4678 if (dup)
4679 {
4680 del_range_both (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
4681 this_bol, this_bol_byte, 0);
4682 if (dup > 1)
4683 {
4684 char dupstr[40];
4685 int duplen;
4686
4687 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
4688 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
4689 sprintf (dupstr, " [%d times]", dup);
4690 duplen = strlen (dupstr);
4691 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z - 1, Z_BYTE - 1);
4692 insert_1 (dupstr, duplen, 1, 0, 1);
4693 }
4694 }
4695 }
4696
4697 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max))
4698 {
4699 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE,
4700 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max) - 1, 0);
4701 del_range_both (BEG, BEG_BYTE, PT, PT_BYTE, 0);
4702 }
4703 }
4704 BEGV = XMARKER (oldbegv)->charpos;
4705 BEGV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldbegv);
4706
4707 if (zv_at_end)
4708 {
4709 ZV = Z;
4710 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
4711 }
4712 else
4713 {
4714 ZV = XMARKER (oldzv)->charpos;
4715 ZV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldzv);
4716 }
4717
4718 if (point_at_end)
4719 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
4720 else
4721 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
4722 Lisp code. */
4723 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint)->charpos,
4724 XMARKER (oldpoint)->bytepos);
4725
4726 UNGCPRO;
4727 free_marker (oldpoint);
4728 free_marker (oldbegv);
4729 free_marker (oldzv);
4730
4731 tem = Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt);
4732 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf);
4733 if (NILP (tem))
4734 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
4735 message_log_need_newline = !nlflag;
4736 Vdeactivate_mark = old_deactivate_mark;
4737 }
4738 }
4739
4740
4741 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
4742 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
4743 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
4744 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
4745 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
4746
4747 static int
4748 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, this_bol, this_bol_byte)
4749 int prev_bol, this_bol;
4750 int prev_bol_byte, this_bol_byte;
4751 {
4752 int i;
4753 int len = Z_BYTE - 1 - this_bol_byte;
4754 int seen_dots = 0;
4755 unsigned char *p1 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, prev_bol_byte);
4756 unsigned char *p2 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, this_bol_byte);
4757
4758 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
4759 {
4760 if (i >= 3 && p1[i-3] == '.' && p1[i-2] == '.' && p1[i-1] == '.'
4761 && p1[i] != '\n')
4762 seen_dots = 1;
4763 if (p1[i] != p2[i])
4764 return seen_dots;
4765 }
4766 p1 += len;
4767 if (*p1 == '\n')
4768 return 2;
4769 if (*p1++ == ' ' && *p1++ == '[')
4770 {
4771 int n = 0;
4772 while (*p1 >= '0' && *p1 <= '9')
4773 n = n * 10 + *p1++ - '0';
4774 if (strncmp (p1, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
4775 return n+1;
4776 }
4777 return 0;
4778 }
4779
4780
4781 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of LEN
4782 chars. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
4783 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
4784
4785 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
4786 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
4787 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
4788 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
4789
4790 void
4791 message2 (m, len, multibyte)
4792 char *m;
4793 int len;
4794 int multibyte;
4795 {
4796 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
4797 message_log_maybe_newline ();
4798 if (m)
4799 message_dolog (m, len, 1, multibyte);
4800 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte);
4801 }
4802
4803
4804 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
4805
4806 void
4807 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte)
4808 char *m;
4809 int len;
4810 {
4811 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
4812
4813 if (noninteractive)
4814 {
4815 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
4816 putc ('\n', stderr);
4817 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
4818 if (m)
4819 fwrite (m, len, 1, stderr);
4820 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
4821 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4822 fflush (stderr);
4823 }
4824 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
4825 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
4826 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
4827 else if (INTERACTIVE
4828 && selected_frame->glyphs_initialized_p
4829 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (selected_frame))
4830 {
4831 Lisp_Object mini_window;
4832 struct frame *f;
4833
4834 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
4835 that the selected frame is using. */
4836 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (selected_frame);
4837 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
4838
4839 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
4840 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (selected_frame)
4841 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
4842 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
4843
4844 if (m)
4845 {
4846 set_message (m, Qnil, len, multibyte);
4847 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
4848 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
4849 }
4850 else
4851 clear_message (1, 1);
4852
4853 do_pending_window_change (0);
4854 echo_area_display (1);
4855 do_pending_window_change (0);
4856 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
4857 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
4858 }
4859 }
4860
4861
4862 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
4863 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
4864 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
4865 text show through. */
4866
4867 void
4868 message3 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
4869 Lisp_Object m;
4870 int nbytes;
4871 int multibyte;
4872 {
4873 struct gcpro gcpro1;
4874
4875 GCPRO1 (m);
4876
4877 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
4878 message_log_maybe_newline ();
4879 if (STRINGP (m))
4880 message_dolog (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
4881 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
4882
4883 UNGCPRO;
4884 }
4885
4886
4887 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
4888
4889 void
4890 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
4891 Lisp_Object m;
4892 int nbytes, multibyte;
4893 {
4894 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
4895
4896 if (noninteractive)
4897 {
4898 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
4899 putc ('\n', stderr);
4900 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
4901 if (STRINGP (m))
4902 fwrite (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, stderr);
4903 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
4904 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4905 fflush (stderr);
4906 }
4907 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
4908 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
4909 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
4910 else if (INTERACTIVE
4911 && selected_frame->glyphs_initialized_p
4912 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (selected_frame))
4913 {
4914 Lisp_Object mini_window;
4915 Lisp_Object frame;
4916 struct frame *f;
4917
4918 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
4919 that the selected frame is using. */
4920 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (selected_frame);
4921 frame = XWINDOW (mini_window)->frame;
4922 f = XFRAME (frame);
4923
4924 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
4925 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (selected_frame)
4926 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
4927 Fmake_frame_visible (frame);
4928
4929 if (STRINGP (m) && XSTRING (m)->size)
4930 {
4931 set_message (NULL, m, nbytes, multibyte);
4932 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
4933 Fraise_frame (frame);
4934 }
4935 else
4936 clear_message (1, 1);
4937
4938 do_pending_window_change (0);
4939 echo_area_display (1);
4940 do_pending_window_change (0);
4941 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
4942 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
4943 }
4944 }
4945
4946
4947 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
4948 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
4949
4950 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
4951 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
4952 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
4953 that was alloca'd. */
4954
4955 void
4956 message1 (m)
4957 char *m;
4958 {
4959 message2 (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
4960 }
4961
4962
4963 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
4964
4965 void
4966 message1_nolog (m)
4967 char *m;
4968 {
4969 message2_nolog (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
4970 }
4971
4972 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
4973 which gets replaced with STRING. */
4974
4975 void
4976 message_with_string (m, string, log)
4977 char *m;
4978 Lisp_Object string;
4979 int log;
4980 {
4981 if (noninteractive)
4982 {
4983 if (m)
4984 {
4985 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
4986 putc ('\n', stderr);
4987 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
4988 fprintf (stderr, m, XSTRING (string)->data);
4989 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
4990 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4991 fflush (stderr);
4992 }
4993 }
4994 else if (INTERACTIVE)
4995 {
4996 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
4997 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
4998 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
4999 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5000 FRAME_PTR f;
5001
5002 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
5003 that the selected frame is using. */
5004 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (selected_frame);
5005 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5006
5007 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5008 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5009 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5010 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5011 {
5012 int len;
5013 char *a[1];
5014 a[0] = (char *) XSTRING (string)->data;
5015
5016 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5017 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5018
5019 if (log)
5020 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5021 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5022 else
5023 message2_nolog (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5024 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5025
5026 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5027 buffer next time. */
5028 message_buf_print = 0;
5029 }
5030 }
5031 }
5032
5033
5034 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
5035 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
5036
5037 /* VARARGS 1 */
5038 void
5039 message (m, a1, a2, a3)
5040 char *m;
5041 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5042 {
5043 if (noninteractive)
5044 {
5045 if (m)
5046 {
5047 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5048 putc ('\n', stderr);
5049 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5050 fprintf (stderr, m, a1, a2, a3);
5051 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5052 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5053 fflush (stderr);
5054 }
5055 }
5056 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5057 {
5058 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
5059 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
5060 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5061 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5062 struct frame *f;
5063
5064 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5065 that the selected frame is using. */
5066 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (selected_frame);
5067 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5068
5069 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5070 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5071 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
5072 it. */
5073 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5074 {
5075 if (m)
5076 {
5077 int len;
5078 #ifdef NO_ARG_ARRAY
5079 char *a[3];
5080 a[0] = (char *) a1;
5081 a[1] = (char *) a2;
5082 a[2] = (char *) a3;
5083
5084 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5085 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5086 #else
5087 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5088 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3,
5089 (char **) &a1);
5090 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
5091
5092 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len, 0);
5093 }
5094 else
5095 message1 (0);
5096
5097 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5098 buffer next time. */
5099 message_buf_print = 0;
5100 }
5101 }
5102 }
5103
5104
5105 /* The non-logging version of message. */
5106
5107 void
5108 message_nolog (m, a1, a2, a3)
5109 char *m;
5110 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5111 {
5112 Lisp_Object old_log_max;
5113 old_log_max = Vmessage_log_max;
5114 Vmessage_log_max = Qnil;
5115 message (m, a1, a2, a3);
5116 Vmessage_log_max = old_log_max;
5117 }
5118
5119
5120 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
5121 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
5122 critical. */
5123
5124 void
5125 update_echo_area ()
5126 {
5127 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5128 {
5129 Lisp_Object string;
5130 string = Fcurrent_message ();
5131 message3 (string, XSTRING (string)->size,
5132 !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters));
5133 }
5134 }
5135
5136
5137 /* Call FN with args A1..A5 with either the current or last displayed
5138 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
5139
5140 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
5141 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
5142 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5143
5144 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
5145 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5146
5147 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
5148 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
5149 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
5150
5151 Value is what FN returns. */
5152
5153 static int
5154 with_echo_area_buffer (w, which, fn, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5)
5155 struct window *w;
5156 int which;
5157 int (*fn) ();
5158 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5;
5159 {
5160 Lisp_Object buffer;
5161 int i, this_one, the_other, clear_buffer_p, rc;
5162 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
5163
5164 /* If buffers aren't life, make new ones. */
5165 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
5166 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer[i])
5167 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->name))
5168 {
5169 char name[30];
5170 sprintf (name, " *Echo Area %d*", i);
5171 echo_buffer[i] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name));
5172 }
5173
5174 clear_buffer_p = 0;
5175
5176 if (which == 0)
5177 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5178 else if (which > 0)
5179 this_one = 1, the_other = 0;
5180 else
5181 {
5182 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5183 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5184
5185 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
5186 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
5187 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one])
5188 && EQ (echo_area_buffer[this_one], echo_area_buffer[the_other]))
5189 echo_area_buffer[this_one] = Qnil;
5190
5191 }
5192
5193 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
5194 have one. */
5195 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one]))
5196 {
5197 echo_area_buffer[this_one]
5198 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer[the_other], echo_buffer[this_one])
5199 ? echo_buffer[the_other]
5200 : echo_buffer[this_one]);
5201 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5202 }
5203
5204 buffer = echo_area_buffer[this_one];
5205
5206 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer,
5207 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w));
5208
5209 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
5210 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
5211 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
5212 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
5213 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
5214 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
5215 aborts. */
5216 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5217 if (w)
5218 {
5219 w->buffer = buffer;
5220 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5221 }
5222 current_buffer->truncate_lines = Qnil;
5223 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5224 current_buffer->read_only = Qnil;
5225
5226 if (clear_buffer_p && Z > BEG)
5227 del_range (BEG, Z);
5228
5229 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5230 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5231
5232 rc = fn (a1, a2, a3, a4, a5);
5233
5234 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5235 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5236
5237 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
5238 return rc;
5239 }
5240
5241
5242 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
5243 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
5244
5245 static Lisp_Object
5246 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w)
5247 struct window *w;
5248 {
5249 int i = 0;
5250 Lisp_Object vector;
5251
5252 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
5253 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
5254 vector = Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
5255 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
5256
5257 if (NILP (vector))
5258 vector = Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil);
5259
5260 XSETBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], current_buffer); ++i;
5261 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Vdeactivate_mark;
5262 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed);
5263
5264 if (w)
5265 {
5266 XSETWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], w); ++i;
5267 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = w->buffer;
5268 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5269 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
5270 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5271 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->bytepos);
5272 }
5273 else
5274 {
5275 int end = i + 4;
5276 while (i < end)
5277 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Qnil;
5278 }
5279
5280 xassert (i == XVECTOR (vector)->size);
5281 return vector;
5282 }
5283
5284
5285 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
5286 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
5287
5288 static Lisp_Object
5289 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector)
5290 Lisp_Object vector;
5291 {
5292 int i = 0;
5293
5294 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i])); ++i;
5295 Vdeactivate_mark = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5296 windows_or_buffers_changed = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]); ++i;
5297
5298 if (WINDOWP (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]))
5299 {
5300 struct window *w;
5301 Lisp_Object buffer, charpos, bytepos;
5302
5303 w = XWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]); ++i;
5304 buffer = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5305 charpos = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5306 bytepos = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5307
5308 w->buffer = buffer;
5309 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer,
5310 XFASTINT (charpos), XFASTINT (bytepos));
5311 }
5312
5313 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = vector;
5314 return Qnil;
5315 }
5316
5317
5318 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
5319 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
5320
5321 void
5322 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p)
5323 int multibyte_p;
5324 {
5325 if (!message_buf_print)
5326 {
5327 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
5328 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
5329 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
5330 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
5331 else
5332 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
5333
5334 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
5335 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
5336 if (Z > BEG)
5337 del_range (BEG, Z);
5338 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5339
5340 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
5341 if (multibyte_p
5342 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5343 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p ? Qt : Qnil);
5344
5345 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
5346 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5347 {
5348 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5349 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (selected_frame);
5350 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5351 }
5352
5353 message_buf_print = 1;
5354 }
5355 else if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5356 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
5357 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
5358 }
5359
5360
5361 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
5362 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
5363 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
5364 display the current message. */
5365
5366 static int
5367 display_echo_area (w)
5368 struct window *w;
5369 {
5370 int i, no_message_p, window_height_changed_p;
5371
5372 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
5373 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
5374 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
5375 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
5376 i = display_last_displayed_message_p ? 1 : 0;
5377 no_message_p = NILP (echo_area_buffer[i]);
5378
5379 window_height_changed_p
5380 = with_echo_area_buffer (w, display_last_displayed_message_p,
5381 (int (*) ()) display_echo_area_1, w);
5382
5383 if (no_message_p)
5384 echo_area_buffer[i] = Qnil;
5385
5386 return window_height_changed_p;
5387 }
5388
5389
5390 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
5391 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window.
5392 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
5393 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
5394
5395 static int
5396 display_echo_area_1 (w)
5397 struct window *w;
5398 {
5399 Lisp_Object window;
5400 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5401 struct text_pos start;
5402 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
5403
5404 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
5405 matrix for the display. */
5406 window_height_changed_p = resize_mini_window (w);
5407
5408 /* Display. */
5409 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
5410 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
5411 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5412 try_window (window, start);
5413
5414 return window_height_changed_p;
5415 }
5416
5417
5418 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. Value is
5419 non-zero if the window height has been changed. */
5420
5421 int
5422 resize_mini_window (w)
5423 struct window *w;
5424 {
5425 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5426 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
5427
5428 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w));
5429
5430 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
5431 if (NILP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
5432 return 0;
5433
5434 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
5435 {
5436 struct it it;
5437 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
5438 int total_height = XFASTINT (root->height) + XFASTINT (w->height);
5439 int height, max_height;
5440 int unit = CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
5441 struct text_pos start;
5442
5443 init_iterator (&it, w, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
5444
5445 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
5446 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
5447 max_height = XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height) * total_height;
5448 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
5449 max_height = XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height);
5450 else
5451 max_height = total_height / 4;
5452
5453 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
5454 max_height = max (1, max_height);
5455 max_height = min (total_height, max_height);
5456
5457 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
5458 move_it_to (&it, ZV, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5459 height = (unit - 1 + it.current_y + last_height) / unit;
5460 height = max (1, height);
5461
5462 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
5463 if (height > max_height)
5464 {
5465 height = max_height;
5466 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
5467 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, (height - 1) * unit);
5468 start = it.current.pos;
5469 }
5470 else
5471 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
5472 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, start);
5473
5474 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
5475 case the window shrinks again. */
5476 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height)
5477 || BEGV == ZV)
5478 {
5479 Lisp_Object old_selected_window;
5480
5481 freeze_window_starts (f, height > XFASTINT (w->height));
5482 old_selected_window = selected_window;
5483 XSETWINDOW (selected_window, w);
5484 change_window_height (height - XFASTINT (w->height), 0);
5485 selected_window = old_selected_window;
5486 window_height_changed_p = 1;
5487 }
5488 }
5489
5490 return window_height_changed_p;
5491 }
5492
5493
5494 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
5495 current message. */
5496
5497 Lisp_Object
5498 current_message ()
5499 {
5500 Lisp_Object msg;
5501
5502 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5503 msg = Qnil;
5504 else
5505 {
5506 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, (int (*) ()) current_message_1, &msg);
5507 if (NILP (msg))
5508 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5509 }
5510
5511 return msg;
5512 }
5513
5514
5515 static int
5516 current_message_1 (msg)
5517 Lisp_Object *msg;
5518 {
5519 if (Z > BEG)
5520 *msg = make_buffer_string (BEG, Z, 1);
5521 else
5522 *msg = Qnil;
5523 return 0;
5524 }
5525
5526
5527 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
5528 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
5529 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
5530 worth optimizing. */
5531
5532 int
5533 push_message ()
5534 {
5535 Lisp_Object msg;
5536 msg = current_message ();
5537 Vmessage_stack = Fcons (msg, Vmessage_stack);
5538 return STRINGP (msg);
5539 }
5540
5541
5542 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
5543
5544 void
5545 restore_message ()
5546 {
5547 Lisp_Object msg;
5548
5549 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
5550 msg = XCAR (Vmessage_stack);
5551 if (STRINGP (msg))
5552 message3_nolog (msg, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg));
5553 else
5554 message3_nolog (msg, 0, 0);
5555 }
5556
5557
5558 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
5559
5560 void
5561 pop_message ()
5562 {
5563 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
5564 Vmessage_stack = XCDR (Vmessage_stack);
5565 }
5566
5567
5568 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
5569 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
5570 somewhere. */
5571
5572 void
5573 check_message_stack ()
5574 {
5575 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack))
5576 abort ();
5577 }
5578
5579
5580 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
5581 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
5582
5583 void
5584 truncate_echo_area (nchars)
5585 int nchars;
5586 {
5587 if (nchars == 0)
5588 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5589 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5590 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5591 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5592 else if (!noninteractive
5593 && INTERACTIVE
5594 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (selected_frame)
5595 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5596 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, (int (*) ()) truncate_message_1, nchars);
5597 }
5598
5599
5600 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
5601 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
5602
5603 static int
5604 truncate_message_1 (nchars)
5605 int nchars;
5606 {
5607 if (BEG + nchars < Z)
5608 del_range (BEG + nchars, Z);
5609 if (Z == BEG)
5610 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5611 return 0;
5612 }
5613
5614
5615 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
5616
5617 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
5618 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
5619 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
5620
5621 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
5622 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
5623 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
5624
5625 void
5626 set_message (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
5627 char *s;
5628 Lisp_Object string;
5629 int nbytes;
5630 {
5631 message_enable_multibyte
5632 = ((s && multibyte_p)
5633 || (STRINGP (string) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string)));
5634
5635 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, (int (*) ()) set_message_1,
5636 s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p);
5637 message_buf_print = 0;
5638 }
5639
5640
5641 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
5642 as there. This function is called with the echo area buffer being
5643 current. */
5644
5645 static int
5646 set_message_1 (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
5647 char *s;
5648 Lisp_Object string;
5649 int nbytes, multibyte_p;
5650 {
5651 xassert (BEG == Z);
5652
5653 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
5654 if (message_enable_multibyte
5655 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5656 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte ? Qt : Qnil);
5657
5658 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
5659 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5660
5661 if (STRINGP (string))
5662 {
5663 int nchars;
5664
5665 if (nbytes == 0)
5666 nbytes = XSTRING (string)->size_byte;
5667 nchars = string_byte_to_char (string, nbytes);
5668
5669 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
5670 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
5671 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
5672 insert_from_string (string, 0, 0, nchars, nbytes, 1);
5673 }
5674 else if (s)
5675 {
5676 if (nbytes == 0)
5677 nbytes = strlen (s);
5678
5679 if (multibyte_p && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5680 {
5681 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
5682 int i, c, n;
5683 unsigned char work[1];
5684
5685 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
5686 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += n)
5687 {
5688 c = string_char_and_length (s + i, nbytes - i, &n);
5689 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
5690 ? c
5691 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
5692 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5693 }
5694 }
5695 else if (!multibyte_p
5696 && !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5697 {
5698 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
5699 int i, c, n;
5700 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) s;
5701 unsigned char *str, work[4];
5702
5703 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
5704 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
5705 {
5706 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
5707 n = CHAR_STRING (c, work, str);
5708 insert_1_both (work, 1, n, 1, 0, 0);
5709 }
5710 }
5711 else
5712 insert_1 (s, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
5713 }
5714
5715 return 0;
5716 }
5717
5718
5719 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
5720 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
5721 last displayed. */
5722
5723 void
5724 clear_message (current_p, last_displayed_p)
5725 int current_p, last_displayed_p;
5726 {
5727 if (current_p)
5728 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5729
5730 if (last_displayed_p)
5731 echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
5732
5733 message_buf_print = 0;
5734 }
5735
5736 /* Clear garbaged frames.
5737
5738 This function is used where the old redisplay called
5739 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
5740 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
5741 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
5742 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
5743 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
5744
5745 static void
5746 clear_garbaged_frames ()
5747 {
5748 if (frame_garbaged)
5749 {
5750 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
5751
5752 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
5753 {
5754 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
5755
5756 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
5757 {
5758 clear_current_matrices (f);
5759 f->garbaged = 0;
5760 }
5761 }
5762
5763 frame_garbaged = 0;
5764 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
5765 }
5766 }
5767
5768
5769 /* Redisplay the echo area of selected_frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P is
5770 non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
5771 mini-windows height has been changed. */
5772
5773 static int
5774 echo_area_display (update_frame_p)
5775 int update_frame_p;
5776 {
5777 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5778 struct window *w;
5779 struct frame *f;
5780 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
5781
5782 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (selected_frame);
5783 w = XWINDOW (mini_window);
5784 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
5785
5786 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
5787 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
5788 return 0;
5789
5790 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
5791 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
5792 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
5793 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
5794 if (!inhibit_window_system && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (selected_frame))
5795 return 0;
5796 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
5797
5798 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
5799 if (frame_garbaged)
5800 clear_garbaged_frames ();
5801
5802 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || minibuf_level == 0)
5803 {
5804 echo_area_window = mini_window;
5805 window_height_changed_p = display_echo_area (w);
5806 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
5807
5808 if (update_frame_p)
5809 {
5810 /* Not called from redisplay_internal. If we changed
5811 window configuration, we must redisplay thoroughly.
5812 Otherwise, we can do with updating what we displayed
5813 above. */
5814 if (window_height_changed_p)
5815 {
5816 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
5817 ++update_mode_lines;
5818 redisplay_internal (0);
5819 }
5820 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
5821 {
5822 update_single_window (w, 1);
5823 rif->flush_display (f);
5824 }
5825 else
5826 update_frame (f, 1, 1);
5827 }
5828 }
5829 else if (!EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
5830 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
5831
5832 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
5833 echo_area_buffer[1] = echo_area_buffer[0];
5834
5835 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
5836 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
5837 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
5838 if (EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
5839 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
5840
5841 return window_height_changed_p;
5842 }
5843
5844
5845 \f
5846 /***********************************************************************
5847 Frame Titles
5848 ***********************************************************************/
5849
5850
5851 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
5852
5853 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
5854 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
5855
5856 static char *frame_title_buf;
5857
5858 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
5859
5860 static char *frame_title_buf_end;
5861 static char *frame_title_ptr;
5862
5863
5864 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
5865 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
5866
5867 static void
5868 store_frame_title_char (c)
5869 char c;
5870 {
5871 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
5872 double the buffer's size. */
5873 if (frame_title_ptr == frame_title_buf_end)
5874 {
5875 int len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
5876 int new_size = 2 * len * sizeof *frame_title_buf;
5877 frame_title_buf = (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf, new_size);
5878 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + new_size;
5879 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf + len;
5880 }
5881
5882 *frame_title_ptr++ = c;
5883 }
5884
5885
5886 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
5887 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy more
5888 than PRECISION number of bytes from STR; PRECISION <= 0 means copy
5889 the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH number of
5890 characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
5891 Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a frame
5892 title. */
5893
5894 static int
5895 store_frame_title (str, field_width, precision)
5896 unsigned char *str;
5897 int field_width, precision;
5898 {
5899 int n = 0;
5900
5901 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
5902 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
5903 && *str)
5904 {
5905 store_frame_title_char (*str++);
5906 ++n;
5907 }
5908
5909 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
5910 while (field_width > 0
5911 && n < field_width)
5912 {
5913 store_frame_title_char (' ');
5914 ++n;
5915 }
5916
5917 return n;
5918 }
5919
5920
5921 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
5922 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
5923 frame_title_format. */
5924
5925 static void
5926 x_consider_frame_title (frame)
5927 Lisp_Object frame;
5928 {
5929 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
5930
5931 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
5932 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)
5933 || f->explicit_name)
5934 {
5935 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
5936 Lisp_Object tail;
5937 Lisp_Object fmt;
5938 struct buffer *obuf;
5939 int len;
5940 struct it it;
5941
5942 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
5943 {
5944 struct frame *tf = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
5945
5946 if (tf != f
5947 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf) == FRAME_KBOARD (f)
5948 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf)
5949 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf)))
5950 break;
5951 }
5952
5953 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
5954 multiple_frames = CONSP (tail);
5955
5956 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
5957 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
5958 then display the title. */
5959 obuf = current_buffer;
5960 Fset_buffer (XWINDOW (f->selected_window)->buffer);
5961 fmt = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) ? Vicon_title_format : Vframe_title_format;
5962 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
5963 init_iterator (&it, XWINDOW (f->selected_window), -1, -1,
5964 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
5965 len = display_mode_element (&it, 0, -1, -1, fmt);
5966 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
5967 set_buffer_internal (obuf);
5968
5969 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
5970 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
5971 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
5972 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
5973 higher level than this.) */
5974 if (! STRINGP (f->name)
5975 || STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (f->name)) != len
5976 || bcmp (frame_title_buf, XSTRING (f->name)->data, len) != 0)
5977 x_implicitly_set_name (f, make_string (frame_title_buf, len), Qnil);
5978 }
5979 }
5980
5981 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
5982
5983 #define frame_title_ptr ((char *)0)
5984 #define store_frame_title(str, mincol, maxcol) 0
5985
5986 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
5987
5988
5989
5990 \f
5991 /***********************************************************************
5992 Menu Bars
5993 ***********************************************************************/
5994
5995
5996 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
5997 appropriate. This can call eval. */
5998
5999 void
6000 prepare_menu_bars ()
6001 {
6002 int all_windows;
6003 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6004 struct frame *f;
6005 struct frame *tooltip_frame;
6006
6007 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
6008 tooltip_frame = tip_frame;
6009 #else
6010 tooltip_frame = NULL;
6011 #endif
6012
6013 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
6014 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
6015 up-to-date frame titles. */
6016 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6017 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || update_mode_lines)
6018 {
6019 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6020
6021 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6022 {
6023 f = XFRAME (frame);
6024 if (f != tooltip_frame
6025 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)))
6026 x_consider_frame_title (frame);
6027 }
6028 }
6029 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6030
6031 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
6032 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
6033 all_windows = (update_mode_lines
6034 || buffer_shared > 1
6035 || windows_or_buffers_changed);
6036 if (all_windows)
6037 {
6038 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6039 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6040
6041 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6042
6043 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6044 {
6045 f = XFRAME (frame);
6046
6047 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
6048 if (f == tooltip_frame)
6049 continue;
6050
6051 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
6052 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
6053 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f))
6054 {
6055 Lisp_Object functions;
6056
6057 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
6058 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f) = 0;
6059 functions = Vwindow_size_change_functions;
6060 GCPRO2 (tail, functions);
6061
6062 while (CONSP (functions))
6063 {
6064 call1 (XCAR (functions), frame);
6065 functions = XCDR (functions);
6066 }
6067 UNGCPRO;
6068 }
6069
6070 GCPRO1 (tail);
6071 update_menu_bar (f, 0);
6072 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6073 update_tool_bar (f, 0);
6074 #endif
6075 UNGCPRO;
6076 }
6077
6078 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6079 }
6080 else
6081 {
6082 update_menu_bar (selected_frame, 1);
6083 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6084 update_tool_bar (selected_frame, 1);
6085 #endif
6086 }
6087
6088 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
6089 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
6090 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6091 pending_menu_activation = 0;
6092 #endif
6093 }
6094
6095
6096 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6097 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
6098 eval.
6099
6100 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
6101
6102 static void
6103 update_menu_bar (f, save_match_data)
6104 struct frame *f;
6105 int save_match_data;
6106 {
6107 Lisp_Object window;
6108 register struct window *w;
6109
6110 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
6111 w = XWINDOW (window);
6112
6113 if (update_mode_lines)
6114 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6115
6116 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6117 ?
6118 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
6119 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)
6120 #else
6121 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
6122 #endif
6123 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0)
6124 {
6125 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
6126 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
6127 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
6128 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
6129 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
6130 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
6131 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
6132 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
6133 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
6134 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6135 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
6136 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
6137 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
6138 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
6139 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
6140 {
6141 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
6142 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6143
6144 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6145 if (save_match_data)
6146 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6147 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
6148 {
6149 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
6150 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
6151 }
6152
6153 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
6154 call1 (Vrun_hooks, Qactivate_menubar_hook);
6155
6156 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
6157 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
6158 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag))
6159 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar);
6160
6161 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
6162 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f));
6163
6164 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
6165 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
6166 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
6167 set_frame_menubar (f, 0, 0);
6168 else
6169 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
6170 line, and this makes it get updated. */
6171 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6172 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
6173 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
6174 line, and this makes it get updated. */
6175 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6176 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
6177
6178 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6179 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
6180 }
6181 }
6182 }
6183
6184
6185 \f
6186 /***********************************************************************
6187 Tool-bars
6188 ***********************************************************************/
6189
6190 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6191
6192 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6193 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
6194 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
6195 and restore it here. */
6196
6197 static void
6198 update_tool_bar (f, save_match_data)
6199 struct frame *f;
6200 int save_match_data;
6201 {
6202 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
6203 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height) > 0)
6204 {
6205 Lisp_Object window;
6206 struct window *w;
6207
6208 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
6209 w = XWINDOW (window);
6210
6211 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
6212 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
6213 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
6214 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
6215 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
6216 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
6217 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
6218 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
6219 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
6220 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6221 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
6222 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
6223 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
6224 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
6225 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
6226 {
6227 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
6228 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6229
6230 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
6231 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
6232 keymaps. */
6233 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6234
6235 /* Save match data, if we must. */
6236 if (save_match_data)
6237 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6238
6239 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
6240 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
6241 {
6242 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
6243 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
6244 }
6245
6246 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
6247 f->desired_tool_bar_items
6248 = tool_bar_items (f->desired_tool_bar_items,
6249 &f->n_desired_tool_bar_items);
6250
6251 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
6252 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6253
6254 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6255 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
6256 }
6257 }
6258 }
6259
6260
6261 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
6262 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->desired_tool_bar_items must have
6263 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
6264
6265 static void
6266 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f)
6267 struct frame *f;
6268 {
6269 int i, size, size_needed, string_idx;
6270 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
6271 Lisp_Object image, plist, props;
6272
6273 image = plist = props = Qnil;
6274 GCPRO3 (image, plist, props);
6275
6276 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
6277 Otherwise, make a new string. */
6278
6279 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
6280 size = (STRINGP (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
6281 ? XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size
6282 : 0);
6283
6284 /* Each image in the string we build is preceded by a space,
6285 and there is a space at the end. */
6286 size_needed = f->n_desired_tool_bar_items + 1;
6287
6288 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
6289 if (size < size_needed)
6290 f->desired_tool_bar_string = Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed), ' ');
6291 else
6292 {
6293 props = list4 (Qdisplay, Qnil, Qmenu_item, Qnil);
6294 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size),
6295 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
6296 }
6297
6298 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
6299 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
6300 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
6301 for (i = 0, string_idx = 0;
6302 i < f->n_desired_tool_bar_items;
6303 ++i, string_idx += 1)
6304 {
6305 #define PROP(IDX) \
6306 (XVECTOR (f->desired_tool_bar_items) \
6307 ->contents[i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX)])
6308
6309 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P));
6310 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P));
6311 int margin, relief;
6312 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief, QCmargin, QCalgorithm, Qimage;
6313 extern Lisp_Object Qlaplace;
6314
6315 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
6316 button state. */
6317 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES);
6318 if (VECTORP (image))
6319 {
6320 enum tool_bar_item_image idx;
6321
6322 if (enabled_p)
6323 idx = (selected_p
6324 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
6325 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED);
6326 else
6327 idx = (selected_p
6328 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
6329 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED);
6330
6331 xassert (XVECTOR (image)->size >= idx);
6332 image = XVECTOR (image)->contents[idx];
6333 }
6334
6335 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
6336 if (!valid_image_p (image))
6337 continue;
6338
6339 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
6340 plist = Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image));
6341
6342 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
6343 relief = tool_bar_button_relief > 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : 3;
6344 margin = relief + max (0, tool_bar_button_margin);
6345
6346 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p)
6347 {
6348 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
6349 selected. */
6350 if (selected_p)
6351 {
6352 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief, make_number (-relief));
6353 margin -= relief;
6354 }
6355 }
6356 else
6357 {
6358 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
6359 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
6360 raised relief. */
6361 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief,
6362 (selected_p
6363 ? make_number (-relief)
6364 : make_number (relief)));
6365 margin -= relief;
6366 }
6367
6368 /* Put a margin around the image. */
6369 if (margin)
6370 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin, make_number (margin));
6371
6372 /* If button is not enabled, make the image appear disabled by
6373 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
6374 if (!enabled_p)
6375 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCalgorithm, Qlaplace);
6376
6377 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
6378 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
6379 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
6380 vector. */
6381 image = Fcons (Qimage, plist);
6382 props = list4 (Qdisplay, image,
6383 Qmenu_item, make_number (i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS)),
6384 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (string_idx),
6385 make_number (string_idx + 1),
6386 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
6387 #undef PROP
6388 }
6389
6390 UNGCPRO;
6391 }
6392
6393
6394 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
6395
6396 static void
6397 display_tool_bar_line (it)
6398 struct it *it;
6399 {
6400 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
6401 int max_x = it->last_visible_x;
6402 struct glyph *last;
6403
6404 prepare_desired_row (row);
6405 row->y = it->current_y;
6406
6407 while (it->current_x < max_x)
6408 {
6409 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
6410
6411 /* Get the next display element. */
6412 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
6413 break;
6414
6415 /* Produce glyphs. */
6416 x_before = it->current_x;
6417 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
6418 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
6419
6420 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
6421 i = 0;
6422 x = x_before;
6423 while (i < nglyphs)
6424 {
6425 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
6426
6427 if (x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
6428 {
6429 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
6430 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
6431 it->current_x = x;
6432 goto out;
6433 }
6434
6435 ++it->hpos;
6436 x += glyph->pixel_width;
6437 ++i;
6438 }
6439
6440 /* Stop at line ends. */
6441 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
6442 break;
6443
6444 set_iterator_to_next (it);
6445 }
6446
6447 out:;
6448
6449 row->displays_text_p = row->used[TEXT_AREA] != 0;
6450 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
6451 last = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1;
6452 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
6453 compute_line_metrics (it);
6454
6455 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
6456 if (!row->displays_text_p)
6457 {
6458 row->height = row->phys_height = it->last_visible_y - row->y;
6459 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
6460 }
6461
6462 row->full_width_p = 1;
6463 row->continued_p = 0;
6464 row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
6465 row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
6466
6467 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
6468 it->current_y += row->height;
6469 ++it->vpos;
6470 ++it->glyph_row;
6471 }
6472
6473
6474 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
6475 items of frame F visible. */
6476
6477 static int
6478 tool_bar_lines_needed (f)
6479 struct frame *f;
6480 {
6481 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
6482 struct it it;
6483
6484 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
6485 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
6486 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
6487 it.first_visible_x = 0;
6488 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
6489 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
6490
6491 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it))
6492 {
6493 it.glyph_row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
6494 clear_glyph_row (it.glyph_row);
6495 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
6496 }
6497
6498 return (it.current_y + CANON_Y_UNIT (f) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
6499 }
6500
6501
6502 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
6503 height should be changed. */
6504
6505 static int
6506 redisplay_tool_bar (f)
6507 struct frame *f;
6508 {
6509 struct window *w;
6510 struct it it;
6511 struct glyph_row *row;
6512 int change_height_p = 0;
6513
6514 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
6515 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
6516 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
6517 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
6518 if (!WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
6519 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
6520 XFASTINT (w->height) == 0))
6521 return 0;
6522
6523 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
6524 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
6525 it.first_visible_x = 0;
6526 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
6527 row = it.glyph_row;
6528
6529 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
6530 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
6531 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
6532
6533 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
6534 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
6535 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
6536
6537 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
6538 window, so don't do it. */
6539 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
6540 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6541
6542 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p)
6543 {
6544 int nlines;
6545
6546 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
6547 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
6548 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
6549 row = it.glyph_row - 1;
6550 if (!row->displays_text_p
6551 && row->height >= CANON_Y_UNIT (f))
6552 change_height_p = 1;
6553
6554 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
6555 change the tool-bar's height. */
6556 if (row->displays_text_p
6557 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > it.last_visible_y)
6558 change_height_p = 1;
6559
6560 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
6561 frame parameter. */
6562 if (change_height_p
6563 && (nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f),
6564 nlines != XFASTINT (w->height)))
6565 {
6566 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines;
6567 Lisp_Object frame;
6568
6569 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
6570 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6571 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
6572 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines,
6573 make_number (nlines)),
6574 Qnil));
6575 fonts_changed_p = 1;
6576 }
6577 }
6578
6579 return change_height_p;
6580 }
6581
6582
6583 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
6584 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
6585 properties start in F->current_tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
6586 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
6587
6588 int
6589 tool_bar_item_info (f, glyph, prop_idx)
6590 struct frame *f;
6591 struct glyph *glyph;
6592 int *prop_idx;
6593 {
6594 Lisp_Object prop;
6595 int success_p;
6596
6597 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
6598 property is the start index of this item's properties in
6599 F->current_tool_bar_items. */
6600 prop = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6601 Qmenu_item, f->current_tool_bar_string);
6602 if (INTEGERP (prop))
6603 {
6604 *prop_idx = XINT (prop);
6605 success_p = 1;
6606 }
6607 else
6608 success_p = 0;
6609
6610 return success_p;
6611 }
6612
6613 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6614
6615
6616 \f
6617 /************************************************************************
6618 Horizontal scrolling
6619 ************************************************************************/
6620
6621 static int hscroll_window_tree P_ ((Lisp_Object));
6622 static int hscroll_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
6623
6624 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
6625 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
6626 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
6627 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
6628 changed. */
6629
6630 static int
6631 hscroll_window_tree (window)
6632 Lisp_Object window;
6633 {
6634 int hscrolled_p = 0;
6635
6636 while (WINDOWP (window))
6637 {
6638 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
6639
6640 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
6641 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->hchild);
6642 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
6643 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->vchild);
6644 else if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
6645 {
6646 int hscroll_margin, text_area_x, text_area_y;
6647 int text_area_width, text_area_height;
6648 struct glyph_row *cursor_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
6649 w->cursor.vpos);
6650
6651 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y,
6652 &text_area_width, &text_area_height);
6653
6654 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
6655 hscroll_margin = 5 * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame));
6656
6657 if ((XFASTINT (w->hscroll)
6658 && w->cursor.x < hscroll_margin)
6659 || (cursor_row->truncated_on_right_p
6660 && (w->cursor.x > text_area_width - hscroll_margin)))
6661 {
6662 struct it it;
6663 int hscroll;
6664 struct buffer *saved_current_buffer;
6665 int pt;
6666
6667 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
6668 saved_current_buffer = current_buffer;
6669 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
6670
6671 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
6672 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
6673 else
6674 {
6675 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
6676 pt = max (BEGV, pt);
6677 pt = min (ZV, pt);
6678 }
6679
6680 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
6681 a line with infinite width. */
6682 init_to_row_start (&it, w, cursor_row);
6683 it.last_visible_x = INFINITY;
6684 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it, pt, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
6685 current_buffer = saved_current_buffer;
6686
6687 /* Center cursor in window. */
6688 hscroll = (max (0, it.current_x - text_area_width / 2)
6689 / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f));
6690
6691 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
6692 changed because it will prevent redisplay
6693 optimizations. */
6694 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != hscroll)
6695 {
6696 Fset_window_hscroll (window, make_number (hscroll));
6697 hscrolled_p = 1;
6698 }
6699 }
6700 }
6701
6702 window = w->next;
6703 }
6704
6705 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
6706 return hscrolled_p;
6707 }
6708
6709
6710 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
6711 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
6712 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
6713 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
6714 of WINDOW are cleared. */
6715
6716 static int
6717 hscroll_windows (window)
6718 Lisp_Object window;
6719 {
6720 int hscrolled_p = hscroll_window_tree (window);
6721 if (hscrolled_p)
6722 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
6723 return hscrolled_p;
6724 }
6725
6726
6727 \f
6728 /************************************************************************
6729 Redisplay
6730 ************************************************************************/
6731
6732 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
6733 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
6734 session. */
6735
6736 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
6737
6738 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
6739
6740 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
6741 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos;
6742
6743 /* Delta vpos and y. */
6744
6745 int debug_dvpos, debug_dy;
6746
6747 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
6748
6749 int debug_delta, debug_delta_bytes;
6750
6751 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
6752 try_window_id. */
6753
6754 int debug_end_pos, debug_end_vpos;
6755
6756 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
6757 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
6758 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
6759 resulting string to stderr. */
6760
6761 static void
6762 debug_method_add (w, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
6763 struct window *w;
6764 char *fmt;
6765 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9;
6766 {
6767 char buffer[512];
6768 char *method = w->desired_matrix->method;
6769 int len = strlen (method);
6770 int size = sizeof w->desired_matrix->method;
6771 int remaining = size - len - 1;
6772
6773 sprintf (buffer, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9);
6774 if (len && remaining)
6775 {
6776 method[len] = '|';
6777 --remaining, ++len;
6778 }
6779
6780 strncpy (method + len, buffer, remaining);
6781
6782 if (trace_redisplay_p)
6783 fprintf (stderr, "%p (%s): %s\n",
6784 w,
6785 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer)
6786 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name))
6787 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)->data
6788 : "no buffer"),
6789 buffer);
6790 }
6791
6792 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
6793
6794
6795 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
6796 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
6797 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
6798 cleared. */
6799
6800 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 10000
6801 static int clear_face_cache_count;
6802
6803 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
6804
6805 static struct frame *previous_terminal_frame;
6806
6807 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
6808
6809 int redisplaying_p;
6810
6811
6812 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
6813 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
6814 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
6815 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
6816
6817 static INLINE int
6818 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, start, end)
6819 struct window *w;
6820 int start, end;
6821 {
6822 int unchanged_p = 1;
6823
6824 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
6825 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
6826 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
6827 {
6828 /* Gap in the line? */
6829 if (GPT < start || Z - GPT < end)
6830 unchanged_p = 0;
6831
6832 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
6833 if (unchanged_p
6834 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start - 1
6835 || END_UNCHANGED < end))
6836 unchanged_p = 0;
6837
6838 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
6839 beginning of the line. */
6840 if (unchanged_p
6841 && INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
6842 && XINT (current_buffer->selective_display) > 0
6843 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start || GPT <= start))
6844 unchanged_p = 0;
6845 }
6846
6847 return unchanged_p;
6848 }
6849
6850
6851 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
6852 the main external entry point for redisplay.
6853
6854 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
6855 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
6856 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
6857
6858 void
6859 redisplay ()
6860 {
6861 redisplay_internal (0);
6862 }
6863
6864
6865 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
6866 in window W. */
6867
6868 static INLINE void
6869 reconsider_clip_changes (w, b)
6870 struct window *w;
6871 struct buffer *b;
6872 {
6873 if (b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p)
6874 b->clip_changed = 1;
6875 else if (b->clip_changed
6876 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
6877 && w->current_matrix->buffer == b
6878 && w->current_matrix->zv == BUF_ZV (b)
6879 && w->current_matrix->begv == BUF_BEGV (b))
6880 b->clip_changed = 0;
6881 }
6882
6883
6884 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
6885 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
6886 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
6887 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
6888 causes some problems. */
6889
6890 static void
6891 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area)
6892 int preserve_echo_area;
6893 {
6894 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
6895 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6896 int pause;
6897 int must_finish = 0;
6898 struct text_pos tlbufpos, tlendpos;
6899 int number_of_visible_frames;
6900 int count;
6901
6902 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
6903 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
6904 int consider_all_windows_p;
6905
6906 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p));
6907
6908 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
6909 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
6910 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
6911 if (noninteractive
6912 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay)
6913 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6914 return;
6915
6916 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
6917 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
6918 update necessary. */
6919 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p)
6920 {
6921 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0;
6922 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window))
6923 return;
6924 }
6925
6926 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6927 if (popup_activated ())
6928 return;
6929 #endif
6930
6931 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
6932 if (redisplaying_p)
6933 return;
6934
6935 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
6936 when we leave this function. */
6937 count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6938 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay, make_number (redisplaying_p));
6939 ++redisplaying_p;
6940
6941 retry:
6942
6943 reconsider_clip_changes (w, current_buffer);
6944
6945 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
6946 necessary, do it. */
6947 if (fonts_changed_p)
6948 {
6949 adjust_glyphs (NULL);
6950 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6951 fonts_changed_p = 0;
6952 }
6953
6954 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (selected_frame)
6955 && previous_terminal_frame != selected_frame)
6956 {
6957 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
6958 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
6959 thing. */
6960 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
6961 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (selected_frame);
6962 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame, selected_frame);
6963 }
6964 previous_terminal_frame = selected_frame;
6965
6966 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
6967 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
6968 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
6969 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
6970 {
6971 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6972
6973 number_of_visible_frames = 0;
6974
6975 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6976 {
6977 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6978
6979 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
6980 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
6981 ++number_of_visible_frames;
6982 clear_desired_matrices (f);
6983 }
6984 }
6985
6986 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
6987 do_pending_window_change (1);
6988
6989 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
6990 if (frame_garbaged)
6991 clear_garbaged_frames ();
6992
6993 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
6994 prepare_menu_bars ();
6995
6996 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
6997 update_mode_lines++;
6998
6999 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
7000 if ((SAVE_MODIFF < MODIFF) != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7001 {
7002 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7003 if (buffer_shared > 1)
7004 update_mode_lines++;
7005 }
7006
7007 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
7008 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
7009 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
7010 where no change is needed. */
7011 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
7012 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
7013 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7014 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
7015 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7016
7017 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w->frame)) = -1;
7018
7019 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
7020 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
7021 there. */
7022 consider_all_windows_p = update_mode_lines || buffer_shared > 1;
7023
7024 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
7025 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
7026 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position), last_arrow_position)
7027 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string, last_arrow_string))
7028 consider_all_windows_p = windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
7029
7030 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
7031 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
7032 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
7033 again here. Checking both message buffers captures the case that
7034 the echo area should be cleared. */
7035 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
7036 {
7037 int window_height_changed_p = echo_area_display (0);
7038 must_finish = 1;
7039
7040 if (fonts_changed_p)
7041 goto retry;
7042 else if (window_height_changed_p)
7043 {
7044 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
7045 ++update_mode_lines;
7046 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7047
7048 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
7049 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
7050 surprises wrt scrolling. */
7051 if (frame_garbaged)
7052 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7053 }
7054 }
7055 else if (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
7056 && (current_buffer->clip_changed
7057 || XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7058 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7059 && resize_mini_window (w))
7060 {
7061 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
7062 showing if its contents might have changed. */
7063 must_finish = 1;
7064 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
7065 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7066 ++update_mode_lines;
7067
7068 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
7069 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
7070 surprises wrt scrolling. */
7071 if (frame_garbaged)
7072 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7073 }
7074
7075
7076 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
7077 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
7078 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
7079 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7080 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7081 != !NILP (w->region_showing))
7082 || (!NILP (w->region_showing)
7083 && !EQ (w->region_showing,
7084 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark))))
7085 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7086
7087 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
7088 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
7089 set in display_line and record information about the line
7090 containing the cursor. */
7091 tlbufpos = this_line_start_pos;
7092 tlendpos = this_line_end_pos;
7093 if (!consider_all_windows_p
7094 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > 0
7095 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7096 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
7097 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
7098 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
7099 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
7100 && this_line_buffer == current_buffer
7101 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer)
7102 && NILP (w->force_start)
7103 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
7104 && PT >= CHARPOS (tlbufpos)
7105 && PT <= Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7106 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
7107 must be unchanged */
7108 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos),
7109 CHARPOS (tlendpos)))
7110 {
7111 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > BEGV
7112 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos) - 1) != '\n'
7113 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) == ZV
7114 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos)) == '\n'))
7115 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
7116 goto cancel;
7117 else if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7118 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
7119 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
7120 {
7121 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
7122 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
7123 line 885).
7124
7125 For instance, in the following case:
7126
7127 -------- Insert --------
7128 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
7129 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
7130 ^^ ^^
7131 -------- --------
7132
7133 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
7134
7135 struct it it;
7136 int line_height_before = this_line_pixel_height;
7137
7138 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
7139 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
7140 start_display (&it, w, tlbufpos);
7141
7142 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
7143 if (it.current_x != this_line_start_x)
7144 goto cancel;
7145
7146 TRACE ((stderr, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
7147 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
7148 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
7149 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
7150 it.current_y = this_line_y;
7151 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos);
7152 display_line (&it);
7153
7154 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
7155 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
7156 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0
7157 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
7158 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
7159 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
7160 /* Line ends as before. */
7161 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos) == CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7162 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
7163 would have to be shifted up or down. */
7164 && this_line_pixel_height == line_height_before)
7165 {
7166 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
7167 the charstarts of the lines below. */
7168 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
7169 {
7170 struct glyph_row *row
7171 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos + 1);
7172 int delta, delta_bytes;
7173
7174 if (Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV)
7175 {
7176 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
7177 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
7178 delta = (Z
7179 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7180 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
7181 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
7182 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
7183 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
7184 }
7185 else
7186 {
7187 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
7188 account of the newline and the rest of the
7189 text that follows. */
7190 delta = (Z
7191 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7192 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
7193 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
7194 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
7195 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
7196 }
7197
7198 increment_glyph_matrix_buffer_positions (w->current_matrix,
7199 this_line_vpos + 1,
7200 w->current_matrix->nrows,
7201 delta, delta_bytes);
7202 }
7203
7204 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
7205 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
7206 adjusted. */
7207 if ((it.glyph_row - 1)->displays_text_p)
7208 {
7209 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < this_line_vpos)
7210 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos);
7211 }
7212 else if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) == this_line_vpos
7213 && this_line_vpos > 0)
7214 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos - 1);
7215 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
7216
7217 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
7218 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
7219
7220 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
7221 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
7222 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 1");
7223 #endif
7224 goto update;
7225 }
7226 else
7227 goto cancel;
7228 }
7229 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
7230 PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
7231 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
7232 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
7233 && 0 <= w->cursor.vpos
7234 && XINT (w->height) > w->cursor.vpos)
7235 {
7236 if (!must_finish)
7237 {
7238 do_pending_window_change (1);
7239
7240 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
7241 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
7242 if (w->cursor_off_p == w->last_cursor_off_p)
7243 goto end_of_redisplay;
7244 }
7245 goto update;
7246 }
7247 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
7248 then we can't just move the cursor. */
7249 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7250 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
7251 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
7252 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
7253 && NILP (w->region_showing)
7254 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
7255 && !cursor_in_echo_area)
7256 {
7257 struct it it;
7258 struct glyph_row *row;
7259
7260 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
7261 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
7262 next visible position. */
7263 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos),
7264 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
7265 it.current_x = this_line_start_x;
7266 it.current_y = this_line_y;
7267 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
7268
7269 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
7270 moves over before-strings. */
7271 move_it_to (&it, PT, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
7272
7273 if (it.vpos == this_line_vpos
7274 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos),
7275 row->enabled_p))
7276 {
7277 xassert (this_line_vpos == it.vpos);
7278 xassert (this_line_y == it.current_y);
7279 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
7280 goto update;
7281 }
7282 else
7283 goto cancel;
7284 }
7285
7286 cancel:
7287 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
7288 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos, 0);
7289 }
7290
7291 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7292 consider_all_windows_p |= buffer_shared > 1;
7293 ++clear_face_cache_count;
7294
7295
7296 /* Build desired matrices. If consider_all_windows_p is non-zero,
7297 do it for all windows on all frames. Otherwise do it for
7298 selected_window, only. */
7299
7300 if (consider_all_windows_p)
7301 {
7302 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7303
7304 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
7305 if (clear_face_cache_count > CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT)
7306 {
7307 clear_face_cache (0);
7308 clear_face_cache_count = 0;
7309 }
7310
7311 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
7312 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
7313 buffer_shared = 0;
7314
7315 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7316 {
7317 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7318 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == selected_frame)
7319 {
7320 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
7321 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
7322 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook)
7323 (*condemn_scroll_bars_hook) (f);
7324
7325 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
7326 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
7327
7328 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
7329 nuked should now go away. */
7330 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook)
7331 (*judge_scroll_bars_hook) (f);
7332 }
7333 }
7334 }
7335 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (selected_frame)
7336 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (selected_frame))
7337 redisplay_window (selected_window, 1);
7338
7339
7340 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
7341
7342 update:
7343
7344 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
7345 if (fonts_changed_p)
7346 goto retry;
7347
7348 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
7349 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
7350 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
7351 if (interrupt_input)
7352 unrequest_sigio ();
7353 stop_polling ();
7354
7355 if (consider_all_windows_p)
7356 {
7357 Lisp_Object tail;
7358
7359 pause = 0;
7360
7361 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
7362 {
7363 struct frame *f;
7364
7365 if (!FRAMEP (XCAR (tail)))
7366 continue;
7367
7368 f = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
7369
7370 if ((FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == selected_frame)
7371 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
7372 {
7373 /* Mark all windows as to be updated. */
7374 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f->root_window), 1);
7375 pause |= update_frame (f, 0, 0);
7376 if (!pause)
7377 {
7378 if (hscroll_windows (f->root_window))
7379 goto retry;
7380
7381 mark_window_display_accurate (f->root_window, 1);
7382 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
7383 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
7384 }
7385 }
7386 }
7387 }
7388 else
7389 {
7390 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (selected_frame)
7391 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (selected_frame))
7392 {
7393 XWINDOW (selected_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7394 pause = update_frame (selected_frame, 0, 0);
7395 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (selected_window))
7396 goto retry;
7397 }
7398 else
7399 pause = 0;
7400
7401 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
7402 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
7403 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
7404 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
7405 it here. */
7406 {
7407 Lisp_Object mini_window;
7408 struct frame *mini_frame;
7409
7410 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (selected_frame);
7411 mini_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
7412
7413 if (mini_frame != selected_frame && FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame))
7414 {
7415 XWINDOW (mini_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7416 pause |= update_frame (mini_frame, 0, 0);
7417 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (mini_window))
7418 goto retry;
7419 }
7420 }
7421 }
7422
7423 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
7424 thorough update the next time. */
7425 if (pause)
7426 {
7427 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
7428 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
7429 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
7430 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7431
7432 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
7433 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position))
7434 {
7435 last_arrow_position = Qt;
7436 last_arrow_string = Qt;
7437 }
7438
7439 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
7440 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
7441 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)
7442 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame)))
7443 update_mode_lines = 1;
7444 }
7445
7446 /* Now text on frame agrees with windows, so put info into the
7447 windows for partial redisplay to follow. */
7448 if (!pause)
7449 {
7450 register struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7451
7452 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
7453 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b);
7454 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_GPT (b) - BUF_BEG (b);
7455 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_Z (b) - BUF_GPT (b);
7456
7457 if (consider_all_windows_p)
7458 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (selected_frame), 1);
7459 else
7460 {
7461 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, BUF_PT (b));
7462 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
7463 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
7464
7465 b->clip_changed = 0;
7466 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
7467 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
7468 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, BUF_MODIFF (b));
7469 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b));
7470 w->last_had_star
7471 = (BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7472 ? Qt : Qnil);
7473
7474 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
7475 update it fully at next redisplay. */
7476 w->region_showing = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7477 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
7478 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
7479 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active)
7480 ? Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark)
7481 : Qnil);
7482
7483 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
7484 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
7485 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
7486 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
7487 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (selected_frame);
7488
7489 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
7490 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
7491 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
7492 }
7493
7494 update_mode_lines = 0;
7495 windows_or_buffers_changed = 0;
7496 }
7497
7498 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
7499 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
7500 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
7501 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
7502 if (interrupt_input)
7503 request_sigio ();
7504 start_polling ();
7505
7506 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
7507 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
7508 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
7509 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
7510 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
7511 frames here explicitly. */
7512 if (!pause)
7513 {
7514 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7515 int new_count = 0;
7516
7517 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7518 {
7519 int this_is_visible = 0;
7520
7521 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
7522 this_is_visible = 1;
7523 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame));
7524 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
7525 this_is_visible = 1;
7526
7527 if (this_is_visible)
7528 new_count++;
7529 }
7530
7531 if (new_count != number_of_visible_frames)
7532 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7533 }
7534
7535 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
7536 do_pending_window_change (1);
7537
7538 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
7539 visible frames, redisplay again. */
7540 if (windows_or_buffers_changed && !pause)
7541 goto retry;
7542
7543 end_of_redisplay:;
7544
7545 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7546 }
7547
7548
7549 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
7550 another message has been requested in its place.
7551
7552 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
7553 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
7554 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
7555 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations. */
7556
7557 void
7558 redisplay_preserve_echo_area ()
7559 {
7560 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
7561 {
7562 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
7563 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
7564 display_last_displayed_message_p = 1;
7565 redisplay_internal (1);
7566 display_last_displayed_message_p = 0;
7567 }
7568 else
7569 redisplay_internal (1);
7570 }
7571
7572
7573 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
7574 redisplay_internal. Clears the flag indicating that a redisplay is
7575 in progress. */
7576
7577 static Lisp_Object
7578 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p)
7579 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p;
7580 {
7581 redisplaying_p = XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p);
7582 return Qnil;
7583 }
7584
7585
7586 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
7587 accurate or inaccurate. If FLAG is non-zero mark display of WINDOW
7588 as accurate. If FLAG is zero arrange for WINDOW to be redisplayed
7589 the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
7590
7591 void
7592 mark_window_display_accurate (window, accurate_p)
7593 Lisp_Object window;
7594 int accurate_p;
7595 {
7596 struct window *w;
7597
7598 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
7599 {
7600 w = XWINDOW (window);
7601
7602 if (BUFFERP (w->buffer))
7603 {
7604 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7605
7606 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified,
7607 accurate_p ? BUF_MODIFF (b) : 0);
7608 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified,
7609 accurate_p ? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b) : 0);
7610 w->last_had_star = (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b)
7611 ? Qt : Qnil);
7612
7613 #if 0 /* I don't think this is necessary because display_line does it.
7614 Let's check it. */
7615 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
7616 update it fully at next redisplay. */
7617 w->region_showing
7618 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7619 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
7620 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
7621 && (!NILP (b->mark_active)
7622 ? Fmarker_position (b->mark)
7623 : Qnil));
7624 #endif
7625
7626 if (accurate_p)
7627 {
7628 b->clip_changed = 0;
7629 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
7630 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
7631 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
7632 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
7633 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
7634 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
7635 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7636 w->last_point = BUF_PT (b);
7637 else
7638 w->last_point = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
7639 }
7640 }
7641
7642 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
7643 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
7644
7645 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
7646 mark_window_display_accurate (w->vchild, accurate_p);
7647 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
7648 mark_window_display_accurate (w->hchild, accurate_p);
7649 }
7650
7651 if (accurate_p)
7652 {
7653 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
7654 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
7655 }
7656 else
7657 {
7658 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
7659 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
7660 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
7661 last_arrow_position = Qt;
7662 last_arrow_string = Qt;
7663 }
7664 }
7665
7666
7667 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
7668 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
7669 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
7670 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
7671
7672 Lisp_Object
7673 disp_char_vector (dp, c)
7674 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp;
7675 int c;
7676 {
7677 int code[4], i;
7678 Lisp_Object val;
7679
7680 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c))
7681 return (dp->contents[c]);
7682
7683 SPLIT_NON_ASCII_CHAR (c, code[0], code[1], code[2]);
7684 if (code[0] != CHARSET_COMPOSITION)
7685 {
7686 if (code[1] < 32)
7687 code[1] = -1;
7688 else if (code[2] < 32)
7689 code[2] = -1;
7690 }
7691
7692 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
7693 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
7694 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
7695 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
7696 code[0] += 128;
7697 code[3] = -1; /* anchor */
7698
7699 for (i = 0; code[i] >= 0; i++, dp = XCHAR_TABLE (val))
7700 {
7701 val = dp->contents[code[i]];
7702 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val))
7703 return (NILP (val) ? dp->defalt : val);
7704 }
7705
7706 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
7707 it. */
7708 return (dp->defalt);
7709 }
7710
7711
7712 \f
7713 /***********************************************************************
7714 Window Redisplay
7715 ***********************************************************************/
7716
7717 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
7718
7719 static void
7720 redisplay_windows (window)
7721 Lisp_Object window;
7722 {
7723 while (!NILP (window))
7724 {
7725 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7726
7727 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
7728 redisplay_windows (w->hchild);
7729 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
7730 redisplay_windows (w->vchild);
7731 else
7732 redisplay_window (window, 0);
7733
7734 window = w->next;
7735 }
7736 }
7737
7738
7739 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
7740 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
7741 differ from current buffer positions. */
7742
7743 void
7744 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, matrix, delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos)
7745 struct window *w;
7746 struct glyph_row *row;
7747 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
7748 int delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos;
7749 {
7750 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7751 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7752 int x = row->x;
7753 int pt_old = PT - delta;
7754
7755 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
7756 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
7757 frames. */
7758 if (row->displays_text_p)
7759 while (glyph < end
7760 && !glyph->object
7761 && glyph->charpos < 0)
7762 {
7763 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7764 ++glyph;
7765 }
7766
7767 while (glyph < end
7768 && glyph->object
7769 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
7770 || glyph->charpos < pt_old))
7771 {
7772 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7773 ++glyph;
7774 }
7775
7776 w->cursor.hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7777 w->cursor.x = x;
7778 w->cursor.vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, matrix) + dvpos;
7779 w->cursor.y = row->y + dy;
7780
7781 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7782 {
7783 if (!row->continued_p
7784 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)
7785 && row->x == 0)
7786 {
7787 this_line_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7788
7789 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
7790 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
7791 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos)
7792 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes;
7793
7794 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos)
7795 = Z - (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta);
7796 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos)
7797 = Z_BYTE - (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes);
7798
7799 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
7800 this_line_pixel_height = row->height;
7801 this_line_vpos = w->cursor.vpos;
7802 this_line_start_x = row->x;
7803 }
7804 else
7805 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7806 }
7807 }
7808
7809
7810 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
7811 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position. */
7812
7813 static INLINE struct text_pos
7814 run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp)
7815 Lisp_Object window;
7816 struct text_pos startp;
7817 {
7818 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7819 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, startp);
7820
7821 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
7822 {
7823 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions, window,
7824 make_number (CHARPOS (startp)));
7825 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
7826 }
7827
7828 return startp;
7829 }
7830
7831
7832 /* Modify the desired matrix of window W and W->vscroll so that the
7833 line containing the cursor is fully visible. */
7834
7835 static void
7836 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w)
7837 struct window *w;
7838 {
7839 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
7840 struct glyph_row *row;
7841 int header_line_height;
7842
7843 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
7844 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
7845 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
7846 return;
7847
7848 matrix = w->desired_matrix;
7849 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7850
7851 /* If row->y == top y of window display area, the window isn't tall
7852 enough to display a single line. There is nothing we can do
7853 about it. */
7854 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
7855 if (row->y == header_line_height)
7856 return;
7857
7858 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w, row))
7859 {
7860 int dy = row->height - row->visible_height;
7861 w->vscroll = 0;
7862 w->cursor.y += dy;
7863 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
7864 }
7865 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row))
7866 {
7867 int dy = - (row->height - row->visible_height);
7868 w->vscroll = dy;
7869 w->cursor.y += dy;
7870 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
7871 }
7872
7873 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
7874 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
7875 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
7876 the correct y-position. */
7877 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7878 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
7879 }
7880
7881
7882 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
7883 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
7884 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
7885 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
7886 the case that only the cursor has moved.
7887
7888 Value is
7889
7890 1 if scrolling succeeded
7891
7892 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
7893
7894 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
7895 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
7896
7897 static int
7898 try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p, scroll_conservatively,
7899 scroll_step, temp_scroll_step)
7900 Lisp_Object window;
7901 int just_this_one_p;
7902 int scroll_conservatively, scroll_step;
7903 int temp_scroll_step;
7904 {
7905 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7906 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
7907 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos;
7908 struct text_pos pos;
7909 struct text_pos startp;
7910 struct it it;
7911 Lisp_Object window_end;
7912 int this_scroll_margin;
7913 int dy = 0;
7914 int scroll_max;
7915 int line_height, rc;
7916 int amount_to_scroll = 0;
7917 Lisp_Object aggressive;
7918 int height;
7919
7920 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
7921 debug_method_add (w, "try_scrolling");
7922 #endif
7923
7924 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
7925
7926 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
7927 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
7928 if (scroll_margin > 0)
7929 {
7930 this_scroll_margin = min (scroll_margin, XINT (w->height) / 4);
7931 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
7932 }
7933 else
7934 this_scroll_margin = 0;
7935
7936 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
7937 into view. */
7938 if (scroll_step)
7939 scroll_max = scroll_step;
7940 else if (scroll_conservatively)
7941 scroll_max = scroll_conservatively;
7942 else if (temp_scroll_step)
7943 scroll_max = temp_scroll_step;
7944 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively)
7945 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively))
7946 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
7947 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
7948 there should be a variable for this. */
7949 scroll_max = 10;
7950 else
7951 scroll_max = 0;
7952 scroll_max *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
7953
7954 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
7955 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
7956 margin. */
7957 window_end = Fwindow_end (window, Qt);
7958 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = XINT (window_end);
7959 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos));
7960 if (this_scroll_margin)
7961 {
7962 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
7963 move_it_vertically (&it, - this_scroll_margin);
7964 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
7965 }
7966
7967 if (PT >= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
7968 {
7969 int y0;
7970
7971 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
7972 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
7973
7974 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
7975 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
7976 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
7977 y0 = it.current_y;
7978 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
7979 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
7980 line_height = (it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
7981 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
7982 : last_height);
7983 dy = it.current_y + line_height - y0;
7984 if (dy > scroll_max)
7985 return 0;
7986
7987 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
7988 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
7989 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
7990 start_display (&it, w, startp);
7991
7992 if (scroll_conservatively)
7993 amount_to_scroll = dy;
7994 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
7995 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
7996 else
7997 {
7998 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively;
7999 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
8000 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
8001 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
8002 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
8003 }
8004
8005 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
8006 return 0;
8007
8008 move_it_vertically (&it, amount_to_scroll);
8009 startp = it.current.pos;
8010 }
8011 else
8012 {
8013 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
8014 window. */
8015 scroll_margin_pos = startp;
8016 if (this_scroll_margin)
8017 {
8018 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8019 move_it_vertically (&it, this_scroll_margin);
8020 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8021 }
8022
8023 if (PT < CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
8024 {
8025 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
8026 above what is displayed in the window. */
8027 int y0;
8028
8029 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
8030 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
8031 scroll_max. */
8032 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE);
8033 start_display (&it, w, pos);
8034 y0 = it.current_y;
8035 move_it_to (&it, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos), 0,
8036 it.last_visible_y, -1,
8037 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8038 dy = it.current_y - y0;
8039 if (dy > scroll_max)
8040 return 0;
8041
8042 /* Compute new window start. */
8043 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8044
8045 if (scroll_conservatively)
8046 amount_to_scroll = dy;
8047 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
8048 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
8049 else
8050 {
8051 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively;
8052 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
8053 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
8054 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
8055 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
8056 }
8057
8058 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
8059 return 0;
8060
8061 move_it_vertically (&it, - amount_to_scroll);
8062 startp = it.current.pos;
8063 }
8064 }
8065
8066 /* Run window scroll functions. */
8067 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
8068
8069 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
8070 doesn't appear. */
8071 if (!try_window (window, startp))
8072 rc = -1;
8073 else if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8074 {
8075 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8076 rc = 0;
8077 }
8078 else
8079 {
8080 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
8081 if (!just_this_one_p
8082 || current_buffer->clip_changed
8083 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
8084 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8085
8086 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line, shift display
8087 lines up or down. */
8088 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8089 rc = 1;
8090 }
8091
8092 return rc;
8093 }
8094
8095
8096 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
8097 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
8098 was computed.
8099
8100 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
8101 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
8102 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
8103
8104 static int
8105 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w)
8106 struct window *w;
8107 {
8108 struct text_pos pos, start_pos;
8109 int window_start_changed_p = 0;
8110
8111 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos, w->start);
8112
8113 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
8114 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
8115 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
8116 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > BEGV
8117 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos) - 1) != '\n')
8118 {
8119 struct it it;
8120 struct glyph_row *row;
8121
8122 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
8123 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
8124 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0);
8125 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (start_pos), BYTEPOS (start_pos),
8126 row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8127 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it);
8128
8129 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
8130 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
8131 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it)
8132 < XFASTINT (w->height) * XFASTINT (w->width))
8133 {
8134 int min_distance, distance;
8135
8136 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
8137 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
8138 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
8139 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
8140 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
8141 minimum distance from the old window start. */
8142 pos = it.current.pos;
8143 min_distance = INFINITY;
8144 while ((distance = abs (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it))),
8145 distance < min_distance)
8146 {
8147 min_distance = distance;
8148 pos = it.current.pos;
8149 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
8150 }
8151
8152 /* Set the window start there. */
8153 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, pos);
8154 window_start_changed_p = 1;
8155 }
8156 }
8157
8158 return window_start_changed_p;
8159 }
8160
8161
8162 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
8163 selected_window is redisplayed. */
8164
8165 static void
8166 redisplay_window (window, just_this_one_p)
8167 Lisp_Object window;
8168 int just_this_one_p;
8169 {
8170 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8171 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8172 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8173 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
8174 struct text_pos lpoint, opoint, startp;
8175 int update_mode_line;
8176 int tem;
8177 struct it it;
8178 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
8179 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p = 0;
8180 int really_switched_buffer = 0;
8181 int temp_scroll_step = 0;
8182 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
8183
8184 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
8185 opoint = lpoint;
8186
8187 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
8188 xassert (!NILP (w->buffer));
8189 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8190 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8191 #endif
8192
8193 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt);
8194
8195 reconsider_clip_changes (w, buffer);
8196
8197 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
8198 update_mode_line = (!NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8199 || update_mode_lines
8200 || buffer->clip_changed);
8201
8202 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
8203 {
8204 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)
8205 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
8206 {
8207 if (update_mode_line)
8208 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
8209 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
8210 goto finish_menu_bars;
8211 else
8212 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
8213 goto finish_scroll_bars;
8214 }
8215 else if (w != XWINDOW (minibuf_window))
8216 {
8217 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not the currently
8218 active one, so clear it. */
8219 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
8220 struct glyph_row *row;
8221 int y;
8222
8223 for (y = 0, row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
8224 y < yb;
8225 y += row->height, ++row)
8226 blank_row (w, row, y);
8227 goto finish_scroll_bars;
8228 }
8229 }
8230
8231 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
8232 value. */
8233 if (update_mode_line)
8234 {
8235 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
8236 variables. */
8237 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8238 really_switched_buffer = 1;
8239 }
8240 else
8241 set_buffer_temp (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8242 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
8243
8244 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8245 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
8246 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8247 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8248 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
8249
8250 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
8251 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
8252 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
8253 {
8254 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
8255 window start in case the window's width changed. */
8256 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer == current_buffer)
8257 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w);
8258
8259 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8260 }
8261
8262 /* Some sanity checks. */
8263 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w);
8264 if (Z == Z_BYTE && CHARPOS (opoint) != BYTEPOS (opoint))
8265 abort ();
8266 if (BYTEPOS (opoint) < CHARPOS (opoint))
8267 abort ();
8268
8269 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
8270 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
8271 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
8272 where no change is needed. */
8273 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8274 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8275 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8276 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
8277 update_mode_line = 1;
8278
8279 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
8280 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
8281 if (!just_this_one_p)
8282 {
8283 struct buffer *current_base, *window_base;
8284 current_base = current_buffer;
8285 window_base = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
8286 if (current_base->base_buffer)
8287 current_base = current_base->base_buffer;
8288 if (window_base->base_buffer)
8289 window_base = window_base->base_buffer;
8290 if (current_base == window_base)
8291 buffer_shared++;
8292 }
8293
8294 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
8295 window, set up appropriate value. */
8296 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
8297 {
8298 int new_pt = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
8299 int new_pt_byte = marker_byte_position (w->pointm);
8300 if (new_pt < BEGV)
8301 {
8302 new_pt = BEGV;
8303 new_pt_byte = BEGV_BYTE;
8304 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
8305 }
8306 else if (new_pt > (ZV - 1))
8307 {
8308 new_pt = ZV;
8309 new_pt_byte = ZV_BYTE;
8310 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
8311 }
8312
8313 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
8314 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt, new_pt_byte);
8315 }
8316
8317 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
8318 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
8319 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
8320 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
8321 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
8322 if (current_buffer->width_run_cache)
8323 {
8324 struct Lisp_Char_Table *disptab = buffer_display_table ();
8325
8326 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab,
8327 XVECTOR (current_buffer->width_table)))
8328 {
8329 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer,
8330 current_buffer->width_run_cache,
8331 BEG, Z);
8332 recompute_width_table (current_buffer, disptab);
8333 }
8334 }
8335
8336 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
8337 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer != current_buffer)
8338 goto recenter;
8339
8340 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8341
8342 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
8343 check whether it can be used. */
8344 if (!NILP (w->optional_new_start))
8345 {
8346 w->optional_new_start = Qnil;
8347 /* This takes a mini-buffer prompt into account. */
8348 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8349 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
8350 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8351 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == PT)
8352 w->force_start = Qt;
8353 }
8354
8355 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
8356 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
8357 if (!NILP (w->force_start)
8358 || w->frozen_window_start_p)
8359 {
8360 w->force_start = Qnil;
8361 w->vscroll = 0;
8362 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8363
8364 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
8365 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8366 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
8367 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8368
8369 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
8370 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
8371 because we have scrolled. */
8372 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
8373 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
8374 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
8375 and having them get more errors. */
8376 if (!update_mode_line
8377 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
8378 {
8379 if (!really_switched_buffer)
8380 {
8381 set_buffer_temp (old);
8382 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8383 really_switched_buffer = 1;
8384 }
8385
8386 update_mode_line = 1;
8387 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8388 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
8389 }
8390
8391 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
8392 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
8393 if (CHARPOS (startp) < BEGV)
8394 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
8395 else if (CHARPOS (startp) > ZV)
8396 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
8397
8398 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
8399 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
8400 if (!try_window (window, startp))
8401 {
8402 w->force_start = Qt;
8403 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8404 goto restore_buffers;
8405 }
8406
8407 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0 && !w->frozen_window_start_p)
8408 {
8409 /* If point does not appear, or on a line that is not fully
8410 visible, move point so it does appear. The desired
8411 matrix has been built above, so we can use it. */
8412 int height = window_box_height (w) / 2;
8413 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, 0);
8414
8415 while (row->y < height)
8416 ++row;
8417
8418 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
8419 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8420
8421 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window))
8422 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, PT, PT_BYTE);
8423 else if (current_buffer == old)
8424 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
8425
8426 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8427
8428 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
8429 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
8430 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8431 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8432 {
8433 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8434 if (!try_window (window, startp))
8435 goto restore_buffers;
8436 }
8437 }
8438
8439 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8440 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8441 debug_method_add (w, "forced window start");
8442 #endif
8443 goto done;
8444 }
8445
8446 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
8447 not moved off the frame. */
8448 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8449 /* Point may be in this window. */
8450 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
8451 /* If we don't check this, we are called to move the cursor in a
8452 horizontally split window with a current matrix that doesn't
8453 fit the display. */
8454 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
8455 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
8456 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8457 /* If force-mode-line-update was called, really redisplay;
8458 that's how redisplay is forced after e.g. changing
8459 buffer-invisibility-spec. */
8460 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8461 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
8462 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
8463 set the cursor. */
8464 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8465 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8466 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8467 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8468 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
8469 && INTEGERP (w->last_point)
8470 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
8471 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
8472 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
8473 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
8474 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
8475 handles the same cases. */
8476 && !EQ (window, minibuf_window)
8477 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
8478 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
8479 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
8480 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
8481 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
8482 && INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos)
8483 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < w->current_matrix->nrows
8484 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
8485 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
8486 || current_buffer != XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer))
8487 {
8488 int this_scroll_margin;
8489 struct glyph_row *row;
8490 int scroll_p;
8491
8492 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8493 debug_method_add (w, "cursor movement");
8494 #endif
8495
8496 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
8497 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
8498 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
8499 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin, XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
8500 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8501
8502 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
8503 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
8504 if (w->last_cursor.vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
8505 goto try_to_scroll;
8506 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->last_cursor.vpos);
8507 if (row->mode_line_p)
8508 ++row;
8509 if (!row->enabled_p)
8510 goto try_to_scroll;
8511
8512 scroll_p = 0;
8513 if (PT > XFASTINT (w->last_point))
8514 {
8515 /* Point has moved forward. */
8516 int last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - this_scroll_margin;
8517
8518 while ((MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < PT
8519 /* The end position of a row equals the start
8520 position of the next row. If PT is there, we
8521 would rather display it in the next line, except
8522 when this line ends in ZV. */
8523 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
8524 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
8525 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
8526 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
8527 {
8528 xassert (row->enabled_p);
8529 ++row;
8530 }
8531
8532 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
8533 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which the
8534 next line would be drawn, and that this_scroll_margin can
8535 be zero. */
8536 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y
8537 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
8538 /* Line is completely visible last line in window and PT
8539 is to be set in the next line. */
8540 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) == last_y
8541 && PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
8542 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
8543 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
8544 scroll_p = 1;
8545 }
8546 else if (PT < XFASTINT (w->last_point))
8547 {
8548 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
8549 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer if-statement. */
8550 while (!row->mode_line_p
8551 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) > PT
8552 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == PT
8553 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
8554 && (row->y > this_scroll_margin
8555 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV))
8556 {
8557 xassert (row->enabled_p);
8558 --row;
8559 }
8560
8561 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there
8562 is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display
8563 starts at some point START > BEGV. It can happen that
8564 we are called with PT somewhere between BEGV and START.
8565 Try to handle that case. */
8566 if (row < w->current_matrix->rows
8567 || row->mode_line_p)
8568 {
8569 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
8570 if (row->mode_line_p)
8571 ++row;
8572 }
8573
8574 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to skip
8575 forward over overlay strings. */
8576 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
8577 && MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_OVERLAY_STRING_P (row)
8578 && !row->ends_at_zv_p)
8579 ++row;
8580
8581 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
8582 if (row->y < this_scroll_margin
8583 && CHARPOS (startp) != BEGV)
8584 scroll_p = 1;
8585 }
8586
8587 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
8588 if (PT < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
8589 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
8590 goto try_to_scroll;
8591
8592 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's make it fully
8593 visible. This can be done most easily by using the existing
8594 scrolling code. */
8595 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
8596 {
8597 temp_scroll_step = 1;
8598 goto try_to_scroll;
8599 }
8600 else if (scroll_p)
8601 goto try_to_scroll;
8602
8603 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8604 goto done;
8605 }
8606
8607 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
8608 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
8609 else if (!NILP (w->start_at_line_beg)
8610 && !(CHARPOS (startp) <= BEGV
8611 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n'))
8612 {
8613 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8614 debug_method_add (w, "recenter 1");
8615 #endif
8616 goto recenter;
8617 }
8618
8619 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. */
8620 else if (/* Windows and buffers haven't changed. */
8621 !windows_or_buffers_changed
8622 /* Window must be either use window-based redisplay or
8623 be full width. */
8624 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
8625 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)))
8626 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
8627 /* Point is not known NOT to appear in window. */
8628 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
8629 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified)
8630 /* Window is not hscrolled. */
8631 && XFASTINT (w->hscroll) == 0
8632 /* Selective display has not changed. */
8633 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8634 /* Current matrix is up to date. */
8635 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
8636 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region because
8637 a cursor movement will do more than just set the cursor. */
8638 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8639 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8640 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8641 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8642 /* Overlay arrow position and string not changed. */
8643 && EQ (last_arrow_position, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position))
8644 && EQ (last_arrow_string, Voverlay_arrow_string)
8645 /* Value is > 0 if update has been done, it is -1 if we
8646 know that the same window start will not work. It is 0
8647 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
8648 && (tem = try_window_id (w)) != 0)
8649 {
8650 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8651 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_id");
8652 #endif
8653
8654 if (fonts_changed_p)
8655 goto restore_buffers;
8656 if (tem > 0)
8657 goto done;
8658 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
8659 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
8660 }
8661 else if (CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
8662 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV
8663 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
8664 && (CHARPOS (startp) < ZV
8665 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
8666 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
8667 || (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8668 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)))
8669 {
8670 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8671 debug_method_add (w, "same window start");
8672 #endif
8673
8674 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
8675 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
8676 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8677 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
8678 because it can have changed the buffer. */
8679 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
8680 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
8681 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
8682 {
8683 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "1"));
8684 try_window (window, startp);
8685 }
8686
8687 if (fonts_changed_p)
8688 goto restore_buffers;
8689
8690 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
8691 {
8692 if (!just_this_one_p
8693 || current_buffer->clip_changed
8694 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
8695 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
8696 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8697
8698 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8699 goto done;
8700 }
8701 else
8702 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8703 }
8704
8705 try_to_scroll:
8706
8707 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
8708 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
8709
8710 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
8711 if (!update_mode_line)
8712 {
8713 if (!really_switched_buffer)
8714 {
8715 set_buffer_temp (old);
8716 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8717 really_switched_buffer = 1;
8718 }
8719 update_mode_line = 1;
8720 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8721 }
8722
8723 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
8724 if ((scroll_conservatively
8725 || scroll_step
8726 || temp_scroll_step
8727 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively)
8728 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively))
8729 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8730 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
8731 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
8732 {
8733 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
8734 successful, 0 if not successful. */
8735 int rc = try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p,
8736 scroll_conservatively,
8737 scroll_step,
8738 temp_scroll_step);
8739 if (rc > 0)
8740 goto done;
8741 else if (rc < 0)
8742 goto restore_buffers;
8743 }
8744
8745 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
8746
8747 recenter:
8748
8749 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8750 debug_method_add (w, "recenter");
8751 #endif
8752
8753 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
8754
8755 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
8756 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8757 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
8758 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8759
8760 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
8761 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8762 it.current_y = it.last_visible_y;
8763 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, it.last_visible_y / 2);
8764 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= BEGV);
8765
8766 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
8767 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
8768 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
8769 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
8770 containing PT in this case. */
8771 if (it.current_y <= 0)
8772 {
8773 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8774 move_it_vertically (&it, 0);
8775 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) <= PT);
8776 it.current_y = 0;
8777 }
8778
8779 it.current_x = it.hpos = 0;
8780
8781 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
8782 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
8783 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, IT_CHARPOS (it), IT_BYTEPOS (it));
8784
8785 /* Run scroll hooks. */
8786 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, it.current.pos);
8787
8788 /* Redisplay the window. */
8789 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8790 || windows_or_buffers_changed
8791 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
8792 because it can have changed the buffer. */
8793 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
8794 || !just_this_one_p
8795 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
8796 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
8797 try_window (window, startp);
8798
8799 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
8800 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
8801 matrices. */
8802 if (fonts_changed_p)
8803 goto restore_buffers;
8804
8805 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
8806 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
8807 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
8808 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
8809 line.) */
8810 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8811 {
8812 if (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
8813 && PT >= Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))
8814 {
8815 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8816 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
8817 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
8818 }
8819 else if (PT < IT_CHARPOS (it))
8820 {
8821 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8822 move_it_by_lines (&it, -1, 0);
8823 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
8824 }
8825 else
8826 {
8827 /* Not much we can do about it. */
8828 }
8829 }
8830
8831 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
8832 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
8833 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
8834 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
8835 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8836 {
8837 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows;
8838 if (row->mode_line_p)
8839 ++row;
8840 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8841 }
8842
8843 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8844
8845 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8846 w->start_at_line_beg = ((CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
8847 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n')
8848 ? Qt : Qnil);
8849
8850 done:
8851
8852 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
8853 if ((update_mode_line
8854 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
8855 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
8856 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
8857 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
8858 || (!just_this_one_p
8859 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
8860 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))
8861 /* Line number to display. */
8862 || INTEGERP (w->base_line_pos)
8863 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
8864 || (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
8865 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ()))
8866 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
8867 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
8868 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)))
8869 {
8870 display_mode_lines (w);
8871
8872 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
8873 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
8874 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
8875 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
8876 {
8877 fonts_changed_p = 1;
8878 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
8879 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
8880 }
8881
8882 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
8883 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
8884 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
8885 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
8886 {
8887 fonts_changed_p = 1;
8888 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
8889 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
8890 }
8891
8892 if (fonts_changed_p)
8893 goto restore_buffers;
8894 }
8895
8896 if (!line_number_displayed
8897 && !BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
8898 {
8899 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
8900 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8901 }
8902
8903 finish_menu_bars:
8904
8905 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
8906 if (update_mode_line
8907 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), window))
8908 {
8909 int redisplay_menu_p = 0;
8910
8911 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
8912 {
8913 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
8914 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f);
8915 #else
8916 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
8917 #endif
8918 }
8919 else
8920 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
8921
8922 if (redisplay_menu_p)
8923 display_menu_bar (w);
8924
8925 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
8926 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
8927 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
8928 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p))
8929 redisplay_tool_bar (f);
8930 #endif
8931 }
8932
8933 finish_scroll_bars:
8934
8935 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
8936 {
8937 int start, end, whole;
8938
8939 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
8940 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
8941 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
8942 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
8943 visible region.
8944
8945 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
8946 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
8947 || (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
8948 && NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])))
8949 {
8950 whole = ZV - BEGV;
8951 start = marker_position (w->start) - BEGV;
8952 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
8953 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
8954 end = (Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)) - BEGV;
8955
8956 if (end < start)
8957 end = start;
8958 if (whole < (end - start))
8959 whole = end - start;
8960 }
8961 else
8962 start = end = whole = 0;
8963
8964 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
8965 (*set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook) (w, end - start, whole, start);
8966
8967 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
8968 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
8969 (*redeem_scroll_bar_hook) (w);
8970 }
8971
8972 restore_buffers:
8973
8974 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
8975 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint), BYTEPOS (opoint));
8976 if (really_switched_buffer)
8977 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
8978 else
8979 set_buffer_temp (old);
8980 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
8981
8982 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
8983 }
8984
8985
8986 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
8987 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
8988 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
8989 glyph matrices necessary. */
8990
8991 int
8992 try_window (window, pos)
8993 Lisp_Object window;
8994 struct text_pos pos;
8995 {
8996 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8997 struct it it;
8998 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL;
8999
9000 /* Make POS the new window start. */
9001 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos));
9002
9003 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
9004 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9005 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
9006
9007 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
9008 start_display (&it, w, pos);
9009
9010 /* Display all lines of W. */
9011 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
9012 {
9013 if (display_line (&it))
9014 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9015 if (fonts_changed_p)
9016 return 0;
9017 }
9018
9019 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
9020 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= 0
9021 && Z != IT_CHARPOS (it))
9022 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9023
9024 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
9025 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
9026 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
9027 if (last_text_row)
9028 {
9029 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row));
9030 w->window_end_bytepos
9031 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
9032 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9033 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
9034 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9035 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
9036 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))
9037 ->displays_text_p);
9038 }
9039 else
9040 {
9041 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
9042 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
9043 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
9044 }
9045
9046 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
9047 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9048 return 1;
9049 }
9050
9051
9052 \f
9053 /************************************************************************
9054 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
9055 ************************************************************************/
9056
9057 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
9058 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
9059 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
9060 W->start is the new window start. */
9061
9062 static int
9063 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w)
9064 struct window *w;
9065 {
9066 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9067 struct glyph_row *row, *bottom_row;
9068 struct it it;
9069 struct run run;
9070 struct text_pos start, new_start;
9071 int nrows_scrolled, i;
9072 struct glyph_row *last_text_row;
9073 struct glyph_row *last_reused_text_row;
9074 struct glyph_row *start_row;
9075 int start_vpos, min_y, max_y;
9076
9077 /* Right now this function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
9078 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
9079 return 0;
9080
9081 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
9082 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9083 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9084 || !NILP (w->region_showing)
9085 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
9086 return 0;
9087
9088 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
9089 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
9090 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->mode_line_p)
9091 return 0;
9092
9093 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
9094 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
9095 start_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9096 if (w->vscroll || MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row))
9097 return 0;
9098
9099 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
9100 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
9101 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start, w->start);
9102 start = start_row->start.pos;
9103 start_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row, w->current_matrix);
9104
9105 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
9106 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9107
9108 if (CHARPOS (new_start) <= CHARPOS (start))
9109 {
9110 int first_row_y;
9111
9112 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu1"));
9113
9114 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
9115 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
9116 text. */
9117 start_display (&it, w, new_start);
9118 first_row_y = it.current_y;
9119 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9120 last_text_row = last_reused_text_row = NULL;
9121 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
9122 && IT_CHARPOS (it) < CHARPOS (start)
9123 && !fonts_changed_p)
9124 if (display_line (&it))
9125 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9126
9127 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
9128 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
9129 have at least one reusable row. */
9130 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
9131 {
9132 nrows_scrolled = it.vpos;
9133
9134 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
9135 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9136 {
9137 int dy = it.current_y - first_row_y;
9138
9139 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9140 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9141 {
9142 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9143 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9144 {
9145 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0,
9146 dy, nrows_scrolled);
9147 break;
9148 }
9149
9150 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) + dy >= it.last_visible_y)
9151 break;
9152
9153 ++row;
9154 }
9155
9156 /* Give up if point was not found. This shouldn't
9157 happen often; not more often than with try_window
9158 itself. */
9159 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9160 {
9161 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9162 return 0;
9163 }
9164 }
9165
9166 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
9167 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
9168 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
9169 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
9170 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
9171 in. */
9172 run.current_y = first_row_y;
9173 run.desired_y = it.current_y;
9174 run.height = it.last_visible_y - it.current_y;
9175 if (run.height > 0)
9176 {
9177 update_begin (f);
9178 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
9179 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
9180 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0);
9181 update_end (f);
9182 }
9183
9184 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
9185 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
9186 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
9187 start_vpos,
9188 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
9189 nrows_scrolled);
9190
9191 /* Disable lines not reused. */
9192 for (i = 0; i < it.vpos; ++i)
9193 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0;
9194
9195 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
9196 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix) + nrows_scrolled;
9197 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9198 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
9199 while (row < bottom_row)
9200 {
9201 row->y = it.current_y;
9202
9203 if (row->y < min_y)
9204 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
9205 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
9206 row->visible_height
9207 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
9208 else
9209 row->visible_height = row->height;
9210
9211 it.current_y += row->height;
9212 ++it.vpos;
9213
9214 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9215 last_reused_text_row = row;
9216 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it.last_visible_y)
9217 break;
9218 ++row;
9219 }
9220 }
9221
9222 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
9223 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
9224 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
9225 containing text. */
9226 if (last_reused_text_row)
9227 {
9228 w->window_end_bytepos
9229 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row);
9230 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9231 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row));
9232 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9233 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row,
9234 w->current_matrix));
9235 }
9236 else if (last_text_row)
9237 {
9238 w->window_end_bytepos
9239 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
9240 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9241 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
9242 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9243 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
9244 }
9245 else
9246 {
9247 /* This window must be completely empty. */
9248 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
9249 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
9250 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
9251 }
9252 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9253
9254 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
9255 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
9256
9257 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9258 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
9259 #endif
9260 return 1;
9261 }
9262 else if (CHARPOS (new_start) > CHARPOS (start))
9263 {
9264 struct glyph_row *pt_row, *row;
9265 struct glyph_row *first_reusable_row;
9266 struct glyph_row *first_row_to_display;
9267 int dy;
9268 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9269
9270 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu2"));
9271
9272 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
9273 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
9274 first_reusable_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9275 while (first_reusable_row->enabled_p
9276 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) < yb
9277 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
9278 < CHARPOS (new_start)))
9279 ++first_reusable_row;
9280
9281 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
9282 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) >= yb
9283 || !first_reusable_row->enabled_p
9284 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
9285 != CHARPOS (new_start)))
9286 return 0;
9287
9288 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
9289 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
9290 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
9291 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
9292 first_row_to_display = first_reusable_row;
9293 pt_row = NULL;
9294 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display) < yb)
9295 {
9296 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display)
9297 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display))
9298 pt_row = first_row_to_display;
9299
9300 ++first_row_to_display;
9301 }
9302
9303 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
9304 xassert (first_row_to_display->y < yb);
9305 init_to_row_start (&it, w, first_row_to_display);
9306 nrows_scrolled = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row, w->current_matrix);
9307 it.vpos = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display, w->current_matrix)
9308 - nrows_scrolled);
9309 it.current_y = first_row_to_display->y - first_reusable_row->y;
9310
9311 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
9312 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
9313 that displays text. */
9314 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, it.vpos);
9315 if (pt_row == NULL)
9316 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9317 last_text_row = NULL;
9318 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y && !fonts_changed_p)
9319 if (display_line (&it))
9320 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9321
9322 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
9323 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9324 {
9325 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9326 return 0;
9327 }
9328
9329 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
9330 position. */
9331 if (pt_row)
9332 {
9333 w->cursor.vpos -= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row,
9334 w->current_matrix);
9335 w->cursor.y -= first_reusable_row->y;
9336 }
9337
9338 /* Scroll the display. */
9339 run.current_y = first_reusable_row->y;
9340 run.desired_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9341 run.height = it.last_visible_y - run.current_y;
9342 if (run.height)
9343 {
9344 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
9345 update_begin (f);
9346 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
9347 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
9348 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0);
9349 update_end (f);
9350 }
9351
9352 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
9353 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
9354 row = first_reusable_row;
9355 dy = first_reusable_row->y;
9356 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9357 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
9358 while (row < first_row_to_display)
9359 {
9360 row->y -= dy;
9361 if (row->y < min_y)
9362 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
9363 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
9364 row->visible_height
9365 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
9366 else
9367 row->visible_height = row->height;
9368 ++row;
9369 }
9370
9371 /* Disable rows not reused. */
9372 while (row < bottom_row)
9373 {
9374 row->enabled_p = 0;
9375 ++row;
9376 }
9377
9378 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
9379 xassert (nrows_scrolled > 0);
9380 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
9381 start_vpos,
9382 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
9383 -nrows_scrolled);
9384
9385 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
9386 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
9387 only its vpos can have changed. */
9388 if (last_text_row)
9389 {
9390 w->window_end_bytepos
9391 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
9392 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9393 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
9394 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9395 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
9396 }
9397 else
9398 {
9399 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9400 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) - nrows_scrolled);
9401 }
9402
9403 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9404 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
9405
9406 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9407 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
9408 #endif
9409 return 1;
9410 }
9411
9412 return 0;
9413 }
9414
9415
9416 \f
9417 /************************************************************************
9418 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
9419 ************************************************************************/
9420
9421 static struct glyph_row *get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row P_ ((struct window *));
9422 static struct glyph_row *get_first_unchanged_at_end_row P_ ((struct window *,
9423 int *, int *));
9424 static struct glyph_row *
9425 find_last_row_displaying_text P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct it *,
9426 struct glyph_row *));
9427
9428
9429 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
9430 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
9431 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
9432 a pointer to the row found. */
9433
9434 static struct glyph_row *
9435 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix, it, start)
9436 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
9437 struct it *it;
9438 struct glyph_row *start;
9439 {
9440 struct glyph_row *row, *row_found;
9441
9442 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
9443 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
9444 visible lines. */
9445 row_found = NULL;
9446 row = start ? start : MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix);
9447 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9448 {
9449 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9450 row_found = row;
9451 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it->last_visible_y)
9452 break;
9453 ++row;
9454 }
9455
9456 return row_found;
9457 }
9458
9459
9460 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
9461 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since the
9462 last time W was redisplayed. Value is null if no such row exists.
9463
9464 The global variable beg_unchanged has to contain the number of
9465 bytes unchanged at the start of current_buffer. BEG +
9466 beg_unchanged is the buffer position of the first changed byte in
9467 current_buffer. Characters at positions < BEG + beg_unchanged are
9468 at the same buffer positions as they were when the current matrix
9469 was built. */
9470
9471 static struct glyph_row *
9472 get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w)
9473 struct window *w;
9474 {
9475 int first_changed_pos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
9476 struct glyph_row *row;
9477 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
9478 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9479
9480 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
9481 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9482 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
9483 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) < first_changed_pos)
9484 {
9485 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
9486 except in some case. */
9487 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) <= first_changed_pos
9488 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
9489 unchanged. */
9490 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9491 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
9492 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
9493 continued. */
9494 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == first_changed_pos
9495 && row->continued_p))
9496 row_found = row;
9497
9498 /* Stop if last visible row. */
9499 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb)
9500 break;
9501
9502 ++row;
9503 }
9504
9505 return row_found;
9506 }
9507
9508
9509 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
9510 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the last
9511 time the window was redisplayed. Return in *DELTA the number of
9512 chars by which buffer positions in unchanged text at the end of
9513 current_buffer must be adjusted. Return in *DELTA_BYTES the
9514 corresponding number of bytes. Value is null if no such row
9515 exists, i.e. all rows are affected by changes. */
9516
9517 static struct glyph_row *
9518 get_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, delta, delta_bytes)
9519 struct window *w;
9520 int *delta, *delta_bytes;
9521 {
9522 struct glyph_row *row;
9523 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
9524
9525 *delta = *delta_bytes = 0;
9526
9527 /* A value of window_end_pos >= end_unchanged means that the window
9528 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
9529 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
9530 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
9531 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) >= END_UNCHANGED)
9532 return NULL;
9533
9534 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
9535 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
9536
9537 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
9538 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9539 {
9540 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
9541 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
9542 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
9543 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
9544 positions for characters not in changed text. */
9545 int Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
9546 int Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
9547 int last_unchanged_pos, last_unchanged_pos_old;
9548 struct glyph_row *first_text_row
9549 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9550
9551 *delta = Z - Z_old;
9552 *delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
9553
9554 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
9555 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
9556 index + 1 of the last byte in current_buffer, i.e. by
9557 subtracting end_unchanged we get the index of the last
9558 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
9559 position. */
9560 last_unchanged_pos = Z - END_UNCHANGED + BEG;
9561 last_unchanged_pos_old = last_unchanged_pos - *delta;
9562
9563 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
9564 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
9565 while (row >= first_text_row)
9566 {
9567 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9568 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
9569
9570 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) >= last_unchanged_pos_old)
9571 row_found = row;
9572 --row;
9573 }
9574 }
9575
9576 xassert (!row_found || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found));
9577 return row_found;
9578 }
9579
9580
9581 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
9582 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
9583 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
9584 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
9585 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
9586
9587 static void
9588 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w)
9589 struct window *w;
9590 {
9591 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9592 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row;
9593
9594 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
9595 must have a frame matrix. */
9596 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild));
9597 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w));
9598 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
9599
9600 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
9601 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
9602 corresponding frame matrix. */
9603 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9604 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows;
9605 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top);
9606 while (window_row < window_row_end)
9607 {
9608 int area;
9609 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area)
9610 frame_row->glyphs[area] = window_row->glyphs[area];
9611 ++window_row, ++frame_row;
9612 }
9613 }
9614
9615
9616 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
9617 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
9618 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
9619 containing CHARPOS or null. */
9620
9621 static struct glyph_row *
9622 row_containing_pos (w, charpos, start, end)
9623 struct window *w;
9624 int charpos;
9625 struct glyph_row *start, *end;
9626 {
9627 struct glyph_row *row = start;
9628 int last_y;
9629
9630 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
9631 if (row->mode_line_p)
9632 ++row;
9633
9634 if ((end && row >= end) || !row->enabled_p)
9635 return NULL;
9636
9637 last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9638
9639 while ((end == NULL || row < end)
9640 && (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < charpos
9641 /* The end position of a row equals the start
9642 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
9643 would rather display it in the next line, except
9644 when this line ends in ZV. */
9645 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == charpos
9646 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
9647 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
9648 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
9649 ++row;
9650
9651 /* Give up if CHARPOS not found. */
9652 if ((end && row >= end)
9653 || charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9654 || charpos > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9655 row = NULL;
9656
9657 return row;
9658 }
9659
9660
9661 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
9662 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
9663 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
9664
9665 Value is
9666
9667 1 if display has been updated
9668 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
9669 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
9670
9671 The following steps are performed:
9672
9673 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
9674 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
9675 is found, give up.
9676
9677 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
9678 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
9679
9680 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
9681 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
9682 the window.
9683
9684 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
9685
9686 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
9687 display and current matrix as needed.
9688
9689 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
9690 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
9691 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
9692 in smaller font sizes.
9693
9694 7. Update W's window end information. */
9695
9696 /* Check that window end is what we expect it to be. */
9697
9698 static int
9699 try_window_id (w)
9700 struct window *w;
9701 {
9702 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9703 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix;
9704 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix;
9705 struct glyph_row *last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
9706 struct glyph_row *first_unchanged_at_end_row;
9707 struct glyph_row *row;
9708 struct glyph_row *bottom_row;
9709 int bottom_vpos;
9710 struct it it;
9711 int delta = 0, delta_bytes = 0, stop_pos, dvpos, dy;
9712 struct text_pos start_pos;
9713 struct run run;
9714 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = 0;
9715 struct glyph_row *last_text_row, *last_text_row_at_end;
9716 struct text_pos start;
9717
9718 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start, w->start);
9719
9720 /* Check pre-conditions. Window end must be valid, otherwise
9721 the current matrix would not be up to date. */
9722 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
9723 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
9724 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)));
9725
9726 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
9727 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
9728 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
9729 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
9730 if (MODIFF > SAVE_MODIFF)
9731 {
9732 if (GPT - BEG < BEG_UNCHANGED)
9733 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG;
9734 if (Z - GPT < END_UNCHANGED)
9735 END_UNCHANGED = Z - GPT;
9736 }
9737
9738 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
9739 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
9740 This case happens with stealth-fontification. */
9741 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
9742 if (CHARPOS (start) > BEGV
9743 && Z - END_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (start) - 1
9744 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start) - 1) == '\n'
9745 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9746 {
9747 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
9748 size has changed. */
9749 w->window_end_pos
9750 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
9751 w->window_end_bytepos
9752 = make_number (Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row));
9753 return 1;
9754 }
9755
9756 /* Return quickly if changes are all below what is displayed in the
9757 window, and if PT is in the window. */
9758 if (BEG_UNCHANGED > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9759 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9760 {
9761 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
9762 size has changed. */
9763 w->window_end_pos
9764 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
9765 w->window_end_bytepos
9766 = make_number (Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row));
9767 return 1;
9768 }
9769
9770 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
9771 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
9772 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
9773 comparable. */
9774 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9775 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, row->start.pos))
9776 return 0;
9777
9778 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
9779 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
9780 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
9781 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
9782 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
9783 first line of window. */
9784 last_unchanged_at_beg_row = get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w);
9785 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
9786 {
9787 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
9788 start_pos = it.current.pos;
9789
9790 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
9791 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
9792 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
9793 it.vpos = 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row,
9794 current_matrix);
9795 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
9796 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
9797
9798 xassert (it.hpos == 0 && it.current_x == 0);
9799 }
9800 else
9801 {
9802 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
9803 Start displaying in the first line. */
9804 start_display (&it, w, start);
9805 start_pos = it.current.pos;
9806 }
9807
9808 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
9809 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
9810 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
9811 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
9812 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
9813 changes. */
9814 first_unchanged_at_end_row
9815 = get_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, &delta, &delta_bytes);
9816 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta = delta);
9817 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes = delta_bytes);
9818
9819 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
9820 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
9821 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
9822 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
9823 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
9824 stop_pos = 0;
9825 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9826 {
9827 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL
9828 || first_unchanged_at_end_row >= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
9829
9830 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
9831 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
9832 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
9833 not displaying text. */
9834 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9835 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9836 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9837 < it.last_visible_y))
9838 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row;
9839
9840 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9841 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9842 >= it.last_visible_y))
9843 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
9844 else
9845 {
9846 stop_pos = (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9847 + delta);
9848 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
9849 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, current_matrix);
9850 xassert (stop_pos >= Z - END_UNCHANGED);
9851 }
9852 }
9853 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL)
9854 return 0;
9855
9856
9857 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9858
9859 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
9860 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
9861 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
9862 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
9863 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row));
9864
9865 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
9866 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
9867 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row, current_matrix)
9868 : -1);
9869 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
9870
9871 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9872
9873
9874 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
9875 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
9876 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
9877 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9878 last_text_row = NULL;
9879 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
9880 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
9881 && !fonts_changed_p
9882 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
9883 || IT_CHARPOS (it) < stop_pos))
9884 {
9885 if (display_line (&it))
9886 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9887 }
9888
9889 if (fonts_changed_p)
9890 return -1;
9891
9892
9893 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
9894 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
9895 scroll. */
9896 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
9897 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
9898 bottom of the window. */
9899 && it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
9900 {
9901 dvpos = (it.vpos
9902 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row,
9903 current_matrix));
9904 dy = it.current_y - first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
9905 run.current_y = first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
9906 run.desired_y = run.current_y + dy;
9907 run.height = it.last_visible_y - max (run.current_y, run.desired_y);
9908 }
9909 else
9910 {
9911 delta = dvpos = dy = run.current_y = run.desired_y = run.height = 0;
9912 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
9913 }
9914 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos = dvpos; debug_dy = dy);
9915
9916
9917 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
9918 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
9919 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
9920 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
9921 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
9922 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
9923 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
9924 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
9925 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9926 {
9927 int last_y = min (it.last_visible_y, it.last_visible_y + dy);
9928
9929 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
9930 if (PT < CHARPOS (start_pos)
9931 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
9932 {
9933 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT,
9934 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix),
9935 last_unchanged_at_beg_row + 1);
9936 xassert (row && row <= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
9937 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9938 }
9939
9940 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
9941 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9942 {
9943 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT - delta,
9944 first_unchanged_at_end_row, NULL);
9945 if (row)
9946 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, delta,
9947 delta_bytes, dy, dvpos);
9948 }
9949
9950 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
9951 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9952 {
9953 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9954 return -1;
9955 }
9956 }
9957
9958 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
9959 {
9960 int this_scroll_margin, cursor_height;
9961
9962 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
9963 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin,
9964 XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
9965 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (it.f);
9966 cursor_height = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos)->height;
9967
9968 if ((w->cursor.y < this_scroll_margin
9969 && CHARPOS (start) > BEGV)
9970 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
9971 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
9972 || w->cursor.y + cursor_height > it.last_visible_y)
9973 {
9974 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9975 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9976 return -1;
9977 }
9978 }
9979
9980 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
9981 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
9982 found. */
9983 if (dy)
9984 {
9985 update_begin (f);
9986
9987 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
9988 {
9989 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
9990 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
9991 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0);
9992 }
9993 else
9994 {
9995 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
9996 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
9997 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
9998 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, w->current_matrix);
9999 int from = XFASTINT (w->top) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
10000 int end = XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w);
10001
10002 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
10003 if (dvpos > 0)
10004 {
10005 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
10006 window down dvpos lines. */
10007 set_terminal_window (end);
10008
10009 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
10010 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
10011 if (!scroll_region_ok)
10012 ins_del_lines (end - dvpos, -dvpos);
10013
10014 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
10015 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
10016 ins_del_lines (from, dvpos);
10017 }
10018 else if (dvpos < 0)
10019 {
10020 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
10021 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
10022 set_terminal_window (end);
10023
10024 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
10025 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
10026 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
10027 line sequences. */
10028 ins_del_lines (from + dvpos, dvpos);
10029
10030 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
10031 end. */
10032 if (!scroll_region_ok)
10033 ins_del_lines (end + dvpos, -dvpos);
10034 }
10035
10036 set_terminal_window (0);
10037 }
10038
10039 update_end (f);
10040 }
10041
10042 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
10043 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
10044 text. */
10045 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
10046 bottom_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, current_matrix);
10047 if (dvpos < 0)
10048 {
10049 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
10050 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
10051 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, bottom_vpos + dvpos,
10052 bottom_vpos, 0);
10053 }
10054 else if (dvpos > 0)
10055 {
10056 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
10057 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
10058 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
10059 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos, 0);
10060 }
10061
10062 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
10063 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
10064 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10065 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w);
10066
10067 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
10068 if (delta)
10069 increment_glyph_matrix_buffer_positions (current_matrix,
10070 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
10071 bottom_vpos, delta, delta_bytes);
10072
10073 /* Adjust Y positions. */
10074 if (dy)
10075 shift_glyph_matrix (w, current_matrix,
10076 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
10077 bottom_vpos, dy);
10078
10079 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10080 first_unchanged_at_end_row += dvpos;
10081
10082 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
10083 the window. */
10084 last_text_row_at_end = NULL;
10085 if (dy < 0)
10086 {
10087 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
10088 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
10089 the matrix by dvpos. */
10090 int last_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + dvpos;
10091 struct glyph_row *last_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, last_vpos);
10092
10093 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
10094 xassert (last_row->displays_text_p);
10095
10096 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
10097 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
10098 line following it. */
10099 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row) - dy >= it.last_visible_y)
10100 {
10101 init_to_row_start (&it, w, last_row);
10102 it.vpos = last_vpos;
10103 it.current_y = last_row->y;
10104 }
10105 else
10106 {
10107 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_row);
10108 it.vpos = 1 + last_vpos;
10109 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row);
10110 ++last_row;
10111 }
10112
10113 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to get
10114 the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
10115 it.continuation_lines_width = last_row->continuation_lines_width;
10116 it.hpos = it.current_x = 0;
10117
10118 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
10119 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10120 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10121 && !fonts_changed_p)
10122 {
10123 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
10124 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
10125 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
10126 enabled_p flag to zero. */
10127 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos)->enabled_p = 0;
10128 if (display_line (&it))
10129 last_text_row_at_end = it.glyph_row - 1;
10130 }
10131 }
10132
10133 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
10134 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
10135 && first_unchanged_at_end_row->y < it.last_visible_y
10136 && !last_text_row_at_end)
10137 {
10138 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
10139 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
10140 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
10141 scrolling. */
10142 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row->displays_text_p);
10143 row = find_last_row_displaying_text (w->current_matrix, &it,
10144 first_unchanged_at_end_row);
10145 xassert (row && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
10146
10147 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10148 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10149 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10150 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix));
10151 }
10152 else if (last_text_row_at_end)
10153 {
10154 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10155 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end));
10156 w->window_end_bytepos
10157 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end);
10158 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10159 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end, desired_matrix));
10160 }
10161 else if (last_text_row)
10162 {
10163 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
10164 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
10165 in the desired matrix. */
10166 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10167 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10168 w->window_end_bytepos
10169 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10170 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10171 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, desired_matrix));
10172 }
10173 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10174 && last_text_row == NULL
10175 && last_text_row_at_end == NULL)
10176 {
10177 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
10178 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
10179 int vpos;
10180 int header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
10181
10182 for (vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos); vpos > 0; --vpos)
10183 if ((w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
10184 && w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p)
10185 || (!w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
10186 && w->current_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p))
10187 break;
10188
10189 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (vpos);
10190 }
10191 else
10192 abort ();
10193
10194 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
10195 debug_end_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10196
10197 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
10198 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10199 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10200 return 1;
10201 }
10202
10203
10204 \f
10205 /***********************************************************************
10206 More debugging support
10207 ***********************************************************************/
10208
10209 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10210
10211 void dump_glyph_row P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int));
10212 static void dump_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int));
10213
10214
10215 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr. If
10216 WITH_GLYPHS_P is non-zero, dump glyph contents as well. */
10217
10218 void
10219 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix, with_glyphs_p)
10220 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10221 int with_glyphs_p;
10222 {
10223 int i;
10224 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i)
10225 dump_glyph_row (matrix, i, with_glyphs_p);
10226 }
10227
10228
10229 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
10230 WITH_GLYPH_SP non-zero means dump glyph contents, too. */
10231
10232 void
10233 dump_glyph_row (matrix, vpos, with_glyphs_p)
10234 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10235 int vpos, with_glyphs_p;
10236 {
10237 struct glyph_row *row;
10238
10239 if (vpos < 0 || vpos >= matrix->nrows)
10240 return;
10241
10242 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, vpos);
10243
10244 fprintf (stderr, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZF X Y W\n");
10245 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
10246
10247 fprintf (stderr, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d\n",
10248 row - matrix->rows,
10249 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
10250 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row),
10251 row->used[TEXT_AREA],
10252 row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p,
10253 row->enabled_p,
10254 row->inverse_p,
10255 row->truncated_on_left_p,
10256 row->truncated_on_right_p,
10257 row->overlay_arrow_p,
10258 row->continued_p,
10259 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row),
10260 row->displays_text_p,
10261 row->ends_at_zv_p,
10262 row->fill_line_p,
10263 row->x,
10264 row->y,
10265 row->pixel_width);
10266 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.overlay_string_index,
10267 row->end.overlay_string_index);
10268 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n",
10269 CHARPOS (row->start.string_pos),
10270 CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos));
10271 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.dpvec_index,
10272 row->end.dpvec_index);
10273
10274 if (with_glyphs_p)
10275 {
10276 struct glyph *glyph, *glyph_end;
10277 int prev_had_glyphs_p;
10278
10279 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10280 glyph_end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10281
10282 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
10283 if (glyph == glyph_end && glyph->charpos > 0)
10284 ++glyph_end;
10285
10286 if (glyph < glyph_end)
10287 {
10288 fprintf (stderr, " Glyph Type Pos W Code C Face LR\n");
10289 prev_had_glyphs_p = 1;
10290 }
10291 else
10292 prev_had_glyphs_p = 0;
10293
10294 while (glyph < glyph_end)
10295 {
10296 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
10297 {
10298 fprintf (stderr,
10299 " %5d %4c %6d %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
10300 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
10301 'C',
10302 glyph->charpos,
10303 glyph->pixel_width,
10304 glyph->u.ch.code,
10305 (glyph->u.ch.code < 0x80 && glyph->u.ch.code >= ' '
10306 ? glyph->u.ch.code
10307 : '.'),
10308 glyph->u.ch.face_id,
10309 glyph->left_box_line_p,
10310 glyph->right_box_line_p);
10311 }
10312 else if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
10313 {
10314 fprintf (stderr,
10315 " %5d %4c %6d %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
10316 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
10317 'S',
10318 glyph->charpos,
10319 glyph->pixel_width,
10320 0,
10321 '.',
10322 glyph->u.stretch.face_id,
10323 glyph->left_box_line_p,
10324 glyph->right_box_line_p);
10325 }
10326 else if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
10327 {
10328 fprintf (stderr,
10329 " %5d %4c %6d %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
10330 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
10331 'I',
10332 glyph->charpos,
10333 glyph->pixel_width,
10334 glyph->u.img.id,
10335 '.',
10336 glyph->u.img.face_id,
10337 glyph->left_box_line_p,
10338 glyph->right_box_line_p);
10339 }
10340 ++glyph;
10341 }
10342 }
10343 }
10344
10345
10346 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix,
10347 Sdump_glyph_matrix, 0, 1, "p",
10348 "Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.\n\
10349 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil optional\n\
10350 parameter WITH-GLYPHS-P, dump glyphs as well.")
10351 (with_glyphs_p)
10352 {
10353 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
10354 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
10355
10356 fprintf (stderr, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
10357 BUF_PT (buffer), BUF_BEGV (buffer), BUF_ZV (buffer));
10358 fprintf (stderr, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
10359 w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y, w->cursor.hpos, w->cursor.vpos);
10360 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
10361 dump_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix, !NILP (with_glyphs_p));
10362 return Qnil;
10363 }
10364
10365
10366 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row, Sdump_glyph_row, 1, 1, "",
10367 "Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.")
10368 (row)
10369 Lisp_Object row;
10370 {
10371 CHECK_NUMBER (row, 0);
10372 dump_glyph_row (XWINDOW (selected_window)->current_matrix, XINT (row), 1);
10373 return Qnil;
10374 }
10375
10376
10377 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row, Sdump_tool_bar_row,
10378 0, 0, "", "")
10379 ()
10380 {
10381 struct glyph_matrix *m = (XWINDOW (selected_frame->tool_bar_window)
10382 ->current_matrix);
10383 dump_glyph_row (m, 0, 1);
10384 return Qnil;
10385 }
10386
10387
10388 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay-toggle", Ftrace_redisplay_toggle,
10389 Strace_redisplay_toggle, 0, 0, "",
10390 "Toggle tracing of redisplay.")
10391 ()
10392 {
10393 trace_redisplay_p = !trace_redisplay_p;
10394 return Qnil;
10395 }
10396
10397
10398 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
10399
10400
10401 \f
10402 /***********************************************************************
10403 Building Desired Matrix Rows
10404 ***********************************************************************/
10405
10406 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
10407 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
10408
10409 static struct glyph_row *
10410 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w)
10411 struct window *w;
10412 {
10413 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
10414 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
10415 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
10416 unsigned char *arrow_string = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->data;
10417 int arrow_len = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->size;
10418 unsigned char *arrow_end = arrow_string + arrow_len;
10419 unsigned char *p;
10420 struct it it;
10421 int multibyte_p;
10422 int n_glyphs_before;
10423
10424 set_buffer_temp (buffer);
10425 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
10426 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
10427 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, 0, 0);
10428
10429 multibyte_p = !NILP (buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
10430 p = arrow_string;
10431 while (p < arrow_end)
10432 {
10433 Lisp_Object face, ilisp;
10434
10435 /* Get the next character. */
10436 if (multibyte_p)
10437 it.c = string_char_and_length (p, arrow_len, &it.len);
10438 else
10439 it.c = *p, it.len = 1;
10440 p += it.len;
10441
10442 /* Get its face. */
10443 XSETFASTINT (ilisp, p - arrow_string);
10444 face = Fget_text_property (ilisp, Qface, Voverlay_arrow_string);
10445 it.face_id = compute_char_face (f, it.c, face);
10446
10447 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
10448 n_glyphs_before = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10449 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, -1, -1);
10450 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
10451
10452 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
10453 to remove some glyphs. */
10454 if (it.current_x > it.last_visible_x)
10455 {
10456 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
10457 break;
10458 }
10459 }
10460
10461 set_buffer_temp (old);
10462 return it.glyph_row;
10463 }
10464
10465
10466 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
10467 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
10468 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
10469 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
10470 produce_special_glyphs. */
10471
10472 static void
10473 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it)
10474 struct it *it;
10475 {
10476 struct it truncate_it;
10477 struct glyph *from, *end, *to, *toend;
10478
10479 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f));
10480
10481 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
10482 truncate_it = *it;
10483 truncate_it.charset = -1;
10484 truncate_it.current_x = 0;
10485 truncate_it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
10486 truncate_it.glyph_row = &scratch_glyph_row;
10487 truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
10488 CHARPOS (truncate_it.position) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it.position) = -1;
10489 truncate_it.object = 0;
10490 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it, IT_TRUNCATION);
10491
10492 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
10493 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10494 end = from + truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10495 to = it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10496 toend = to + it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10497
10498 while (from < end)
10499 *to++ = *from++;
10500
10501 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Remove them. */
10502 from = to;
10503 while (from < toend && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*from))
10504 ++from;
10505 while (from < toend)
10506 *to++ = *from++;
10507
10508 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = to - it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10509 }
10510
10511
10512 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
10513
10514 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
10515 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
10516 structure. This is not the case if
10517
10518 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
10519 and max_height will be zero.
10520
10521 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
10522 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
10523 pixmap extensions).
10524
10525 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
10526 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
10527 must not be zero. */
10528
10529 static void
10530 compute_line_metrics (it)
10531 struct it *it;
10532 {
10533 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
10534 int area, i;
10535
10536 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
10537 {
10538 int i, header_line_height;
10539
10540 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
10541 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
10542 computed yet. */
10543 if (row->height == 0)
10544 {
10545 if (it->max_ascent + it->max_descent == 0)
10546 it->max_descent = it->max_phys_descent = CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
10547 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
10548 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
10549 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
10550 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
10551 }
10552
10553 /* Compute the width of this line. */
10554 row->pixel_width = row->x;
10555 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
10556 row->pixel_width += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
10557
10558 xassert (row->pixel_width >= 0);
10559 xassert (row->ascent >= 0 && row->height > 0);
10560
10561 row->overlapping_p = (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row)
10562 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row));
10563
10564 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
10565 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
10566 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
10567 if (row == it->w->desired_matrix->rows
10568 && row->phys_ascent > row->ascent)
10569 {
10570 row->height += row->phys_ascent - row->ascent;
10571 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent;
10572 }
10573
10574 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
10575 row->visible_height = row->height;
10576
10577 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it->w);
10578 if (row->y < header_line_height)
10579 row->visible_height -= header_line_height - row->y;
10580 else
10581 {
10582 int max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it->w);
10583 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10584 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
10585 }
10586 }
10587 else
10588 {
10589 row->pixel_width = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10590 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
10591 row->height = row->phys_height = row->visible_height = 1;
10592 }
10593
10594 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
10595 row->hash = 0;
10596 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
10597 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
10598 row->hash = ((((row->hash << 4) + (row->hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
10599 + row->glyphs[area][i].u.val
10600 + (row->glyphs[area][i].type << 2));
10601
10602 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
10603 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
10604 }
10605
10606
10607 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
10608 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
10609 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
10610 IT->face_id.
10611
10612 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
10613 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
10614 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
10615 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
10616
10617 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
10618 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
10619
10620 static void
10621 append_space (it, default_face_p)
10622 struct it *it;
10623 int default_face_p;
10624 {
10625 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
10626 {
10627 int n = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10628
10629 if (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n
10630 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
10631 {
10632 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
10633 int saved_x = it->current_x;
10634 struct text_pos saved_pos;
10635 int saved_what = it->what;
10636 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
10637 int saved_charset = it->charset;
10638 Lisp_Object saved_object;
10639
10640 saved_object = it->object;
10641 saved_pos = it->position;
10642
10643 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
10644 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
10645 it->object = 0;
10646 it->c = ' ';
10647 it->len = 1;
10648 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
10649
10650 if (default_face_p)
10651 it->face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
10652 if (it->multibyte_p)
10653 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, it->face_id, CHARSET_ASCII);
10654 else
10655 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, it->face_id, -1);
10656
10657 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
10658
10659 it->current_x = saved_x;
10660 it->object = saved_object;
10661 it->position = saved_pos;
10662 it->what = saved_what;
10663 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
10664 it->charset = saved_charset;
10665 }
10666 }
10667 }
10668
10669
10670 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
10671 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
10672 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
10673 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
10674
10675 static void
10676 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it)
10677 struct it *it;
10678 {
10679 struct face *face;
10680 struct frame *f = it->f;
10681
10682 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
10683 if (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
10684 return;
10685
10686 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
10687 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
10688 of the frame, we haven't to do anything. */
10689 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, it->face_id);
10690 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10691 && face->box == FACE_NO_BOX
10692 && face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
10693 && !face->stipple)
10694 return;
10695
10696 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
10697 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
10698 it->glyph_row->fill_line_p = 1;
10699
10700 /* If current charset of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
10701 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
10702 get_next_display_element returns a character from a different
10703 charset. Note that the charset will always be ASCII in unibyte
10704 text. */
10705 if (it->charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
10706 {
10707 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
10708 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (f, it->face_id, CHARSET_ASCII);
10709 }
10710
10711 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10712 {
10713 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
10714 so that we know which face to draw. */
10715 if (it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
10716 {
10717 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0] = space_glyph;
10718 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].u.ch.face_id = it->face_id;
10719 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 1;
10720 }
10721 }
10722 else
10723 {
10724 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
10725 int saved_x = it->current_x;
10726 struct text_pos saved_pos;
10727 Lisp_Object saved_object;
10728 int saved_what = it->what;
10729
10730 saved_object = it->object;
10731 saved_pos = it->position;
10732
10733 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
10734 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
10735 it->object = 0;
10736 it->c = ' ';
10737 it->len = 1;
10738
10739 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
10740
10741 while (it->current_x <= it->last_visible_x)
10742 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
10743
10744 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
10745 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
10746 it->current_x = saved_x;
10747 it->object = saved_object;
10748 it->position = saved_pos;
10749 it->what = saved_what;
10750 }
10751 }
10752
10753
10754 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
10755 trailing whitespace. */
10756
10757 static int
10758 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos)
10759 int charpos;
10760 {
10761 int bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
10762 int c = 0;
10763
10764 while (bytepos < ZV_BYTE
10765 && (c = FETCH_CHAR (bytepos),
10766 c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
10767 ++bytepos;
10768
10769 if (bytepos >= ZV_BYTE || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
10770 {
10771 if (bytepos != PT_BYTE)
10772 return 1;
10773 }
10774 return 0;
10775 }
10776
10777
10778 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
10779
10780 void
10781 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f, row)
10782 struct frame *f;
10783 struct glyph_row *row;
10784 {
10785 int used = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10786
10787 if (used)
10788 {
10789 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10790 struct glyph *glyph = start + used - 1;
10791
10792 /* Skip over the space glyph inserted to display the
10793 cursor at the end of a line. */
10794 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
10795 && glyph->u.ch.code == ' '
10796 && glyph->object == 0)
10797 --glyph;
10798
10799 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
10800 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
10801 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
10802 if (glyph >= start
10803 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
10804 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
10805 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
10806 && glyph->u.ch.code == ' '))
10807 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph->charpos))
10808 {
10809 int face_id = lookup_named_face (f, Qtrailing_whitespace,
10810 CHARSET_ASCII);
10811
10812 while (glyph >= start
10813 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
10814 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
10815 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
10816 && glyph->u.ch.code == ' ')))
10817 {
10818 if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
10819 glyph->u.stretch.face_id = face_id;
10820 else
10821 glyph->u.ch.face_id = face_id;
10822 --glyph;
10823 }
10824 }
10825 }
10826 }
10827
10828
10829 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
10830 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
10831 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
10832 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
10833 only. */
10834
10835 static int
10836 display_line (it)
10837 struct it *it;
10838 {
10839 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
10840
10841 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
10842 xassert (it->hpos == 0 && it->current_x == 0);
10843
10844 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
10845 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, it->w->desired_matrix)
10846 < it->w->desired_matrix->nrows);
10847
10848 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
10849 it->w->region_showing = it->region_beg_charpos > 0 ? Qt : Qnil;
10850
10851 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
10852 prepare_desired_row (row);
10853
10854 row->y = it->current_y;
10855 row->start = it->current;
10856 row->continuation_lines_width = it->continuation_lines_width;
10857 row->displays_text_p = 1;
10858
10859 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
10860 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
10861 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
10862 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
10863 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
10864 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
10865
10866 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
10867 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
10868 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
10869 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
10870 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, ZV, it->first_visible_x,
10871 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
10872
10873 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
10874 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
10875 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
10876 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
10877 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
10878 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
10879
10880 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
10881 character to display. */
10882 while (1)
10883 {
10884 int n_glyphs_before, hpos_before, x_before;
10885 int x, i, nglyphs;
10886
10887 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
10888 buffer reached. */
10889 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
10890 {
10891 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
10892 display the cursor there under X. */
10893 append_space (it, 1);
10894
10895 /* The position -1 below indicates a blank line not
10896 corresponding to any text, as opposed to an empty line
10897 corresponding to a line end. */
10898 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] <= 1)
10899 {
10900 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = -1;
10901 row->displays_text_p = 0;
10902
10903 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it->w->buffer)->indicate_empty_lines))
10904 row->indicate_empty_line_p = 1;
10905 }
10906
10907 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
10908 row->ends_at_zv_p = 1;
10909 break;
10910 }
10911
10912 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
10913 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
10914 n_glyphs_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10915 x = it->current_x;
10916 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
10917
10918 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
10919 the next one. */
10920 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
10921 {
10922 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
10923 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
10924 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
10925 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
10926 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
10927 set_iterator_to_next (it);
10928 continue;
10929 }
10930
10931 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
10932 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
10933 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
10934 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
10935 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
10936 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
10937 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
10938 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
10939 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
10940 nglyphs = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
10941 hpos_before = it->hpos;
10942 x_before = x;
10943
10944 if (nglyphs == 1
10945 && it->current_x < it->last_visible_x)
10946 {
10947 ++it->hpos;
10948 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
10949 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
10950 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
10951 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
10952 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
10953 if (it->current_x - it->pixel_width < it->first_visible_x)
10954 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
10955 }
10956 else
10957 {
10958 int new_x;
10959 struct glyph *glyph;
10960
10961 for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
10962 {
10963 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
10964 new_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
10965
10966 if (/* Lines are continued. */
10967 !it->truncate_lines_p
10968 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
10969 new_x > it->last_visible_x
10970 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
10971 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
10972 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
10973 {
10974 /* End of a continued line. */
10975
10976 if (it->hpos == 0
10977 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
10978 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
10979 {
10980 /* Current glyph fits exactly on the line. We
10981 must continue the line because we can't draw
10982 the cursor after the glyph. */
10983 row->continued_p = 1;
10984 it->current_x = new_x;
10985 it->continuation_lines_width += new_x;
10986 ++it->hpos;
10987 if (i == nglyphs - 1)
10988 set_iterator_to_next (it);
10989 }
10990 else
10991 {
10992 /* Display element draws past the right edge of
10993 the window. Restore positions to values
10994 before the element. The next line starts
10995 with current_x before the glyph that could
10996 not be displayed, so that TAB works right. */
10997 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
10998
10999 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
11000 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11001 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
11002 row->continued_p = 1;
11003
11004 it->current_x = x;
11005 it->continuation_lines_width += x;
11006 }
11007 break;
11008 }
11009 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
11010 {
11011 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
11012 ++it->hpos;
11013
11014 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
11015 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
11016 negative X position. */
11017 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
11018 }
11019 else
11020 {
11021 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
11022 window. This should not happen because of the
11023 move_it_in_display_line at the start of
11024 this function. */
11025 abort ();
11026 }
11027 }
11028
11029 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
11030 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
11031 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
11032 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
11033 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
11034
11035 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
11036 if (row->continued_p)
11037 break;
11038 }
11039
11040 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
11041 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
11042 margin of the window. */
11043 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
11044 {
11045 int used_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11046
11047 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
11048 display the cursor there. */
11049 append_space (it, 0);
11050
11051 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
11052 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
11053
11054 /* Make sure we have the position. */
11055 if (used_before == 0)
11056 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
11057
11058 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
11059 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11060 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
11061 break;
11062 }
11063
11064 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
11065 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
11066 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11067
11068 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
11069 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
11070 if (it->truncate_lines_p
11071 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
11072 ? (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
11073 : (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)))
11074 {
11075 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
11076 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11077 {
11078 --it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11079 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
11080 }
11081
11082 row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
11083 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
11084 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
11085 row->ends_at_zv_p = FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n';
11086 it->hpos = hpos_before;
11087 it->current_x = x_before;
11088 break;
11089 }
11090 }
11091
11092 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
11093 at the left window margin. */
11094 if (it->first_visible_x
11095 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
11096 {
11097 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11098 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
11099 row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
11100 }
11101
11102 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
11103 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
11104 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
11105 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
11106 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
11107 && current_buffer == XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer
11108 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
11109 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position))
11110 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string)
11111 && ! overlay_arrow_seen)
11112 {
11113 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a bitmap. */
11114 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11115 {
11116 struct glyph_row *arrow_row = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it->w);
11117 struct glyph *glyph = arrow_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11118 struct glyph *arrow_end = glyph + arrow_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11119 struct glyph *p = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11120 struct glyph *p2, *end;
11121
11122 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
11123 while (glyph < arrow_end)
11124 *p++ = *glyph++;
11125
11126 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
11127 p2 = p;
11128 end = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11129 while (p2 < end && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2))
11130 ++p2;
11131 if (p2 > p)
11132 {
11133 while (p2 < end)
11134 *p++ = *p2++;
11135 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = p2 - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11136 }
11137 }
11138
11139 overlay_arrow_seen = 1;
11140 row->overlay_arrow_p = 1;
11141 }
11142
11143 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
11144 compute_line_metrics (it);
11145
11146 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
11147 row->end = it->current;
11148
11149 /* Maybe set the cursor. If you change this, it's probably a good
11150 idea to also change the code in redisplay_window for cursor
11151 movement in an unchanged window. */
11152 if (it->w->cursor.vpos < 0
11153 && PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
11154 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) >= PT
11155 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
11156 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
11157 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
11158 set_cursor_from_row (it->w, row, it->w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11159
11160 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
11161 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
11162 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it->f, it->glyph_row);
11163
11164 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
11165 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
11166 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
11167 row to be used. */
11168 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
11169 it->current_y += row->height;
11170 ++it->vpos;
11171 ++it->glyph_row;
11172 return row->displays_text_p;
11173 }
11174
11175
11176 \f
11177 /***********************************************************************
11178 Menu Bar
11179 ***********************************************************************/
11180
11181 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
11182
11183 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
11184 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
11185
11186 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
11187 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
11188 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
11189 for the menu bar. */
11190
11191 static void
11192 display_menu_bar (w)
11193 struct window *w;
11194 {
11195 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11196 struct it it;
11197 Lisp_Object items;
11198 int i;
11199
11200 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
11201 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
11202 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system))
11203 return;
11204 #endif
11205 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11206 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
11207 return;
11208 #endif
11209
11210 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11211 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
11212 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID);
11213 it.first_visible_x = 0;
11214 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
11215 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11216 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11217 {
11218 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
11219 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
11220 struct window *menu_w;
11221 xassert (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window));
11222 menu_w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
11223 init_iterator (&it, menu_w, -1, -1, menu_w->desired_matrix->rows,
11224 MODE_LINE_FACE_ID);
11225 it.first_visible_x = 0;
11226 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
11227 }
11228 else
11229 {
11230 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
11231 pixel x/y. */
11232 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows,
11233 MODE_LINE_FACE_ID);
11234 it.first_visible_x = 0;
11235 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
11236 }
11237 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11238
11239 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
11240 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f); ++i)
11241 {
11242 struct glyph_row *row = it.glyph_row + i;
11243 clear_glyph_row (row);
11244 row->enabled_p = 1;
11245 row->full_width_p = 1;
11246 }
11247
11248 /* Make the first line of the menu bar appear in reverse video. */
11249 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = mode_line_inverse_video != 0;
11250
11251 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
11252 items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it.f);
11253 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (items)->size; i += 4)
11254 {
11255 Lisp_Object string;
11256
11257 /* Stop at nil string. */
11258 string = XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 1];
11259 if (NILP (string))
11260 break;
11261
11262 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
11263 XSETFASTINT (XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 3], it.hpos);
11264
11265 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
11266 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
11267 display_string (NULL, string, Qnil, 0, 0, &it,
11268 XSTRING (string)->size + 1, 0, 0, -1);
11269 }
11270
11271 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
11272 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
11273 display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, -1, 0, 0, -1);
11274
11275 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
11276 compute_line_metrics (&it);
11277 }
11278
11279
11280 \f
11281 /***********************************************************************
11282 Mode Line
11283 ***********************************************************************/
11284
11285 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. */
11286
11287 static void
11288 display_mode_lines (w)
11289 struct window *w;
11290 {
11291 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
11292 line_number_displayed = 0;
11293 w->column_number_displayed = Qnil;
11294
11295 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
11296 display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
11297 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
11298
11299 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
11300 display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
11301 current_buffer->header_line_format);
11302 }
11303
11304
11305 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
11306 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
11307 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. */
11308
11309 static void
11310 display_mode_line (w, face_id, format)
11311 struct window *w;
11312 enum face_id face_id;
11313 Lisp_Object format;
11314 {
11315 struct it it;
11316 struct face *face;
11317
11318 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
11319 prepare_desired_row (it.glyph_row);
11320
11321 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
11322 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
11323 values. */
11324 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
11325 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format);
11326 pop_frame_kboard ();
11327
11328 /* Fill up with spaces. */
11329 display_string (" ", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
11330
11331 compute_line_metrics (&it);
11332 it.glyph_row->full_width_p = 1;
11333 it.glyph_row->mode_line_p = 1;
11334 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = mode_line_inverse_video != 0;
11335 it.glyph_row->continued_p = 0;
11336 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
11337 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
11338
11339 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
11340 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it.f, face_id);
11341 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it);
11342 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
11343 {
11344 struct glyph *last = (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
11345 + it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1);
11346 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
11347 }
11348 }
11349
11350
11351 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
11352 translates into text depends on its data type.
11353
11354 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
11355
11356 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
11357 infinite recursion here.
11358
11359 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
11360 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
11361 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
11362 display_string for details. *
11363
11364 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT. */
11365
11366 static int
11367 display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width, precision, elt)
11368 struct it *it;
11369 int depth;
11370 int field_width, precision;
11371 Lisp_Object elt;
11372 {
11373 int n = 0, field, prec;
11374
11375 tail_recurse:
11376 if (depth > 10)
11377 goto invalid;
11378
11379 depth++;
11380
11381 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt)))
11382 {
11383 case Lisp_String:
11384 {
11385 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
11386 unsigned char c;
11387 unsigned char *this = XSTRING (elt)->data;
11388 unsigned char *lisp_string = this;
11389
11390 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
11391 && *this
11392 && (frame_title_ptr
11393 || it->current_x < it->last_visible_x))
11394 {
11395 unsigned char *last = this;
11396
11397 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
11398 while ((c = *this++) != '\0' && c != '%')
11399 ;
11400
11401 if (this - 1 != last)
11402 {
11403 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
11404 is length of string. Don't output more than
11405 PRECISION allows us. */
11406 prec = --this - last;
11407 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
11408 prec = precision - n;
11409
11410 if (frame_title_ptr)
11411 n += store_frame_title (last, prec, prec);
11412 else
11413 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, last - lisp_string,
11414 it, 0, prec, 0, -1);
11415 }
11416 else /* c == '%' */
11417 {
11418 unsigned char *percent_position = this;
11419
11420 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
11421 don't pad. */
11422 field = 0;
11423 while ((c = *this++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
11424 field = field * 10 + c - '0';
11425
11426 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
11427 if (field_width - n > 0 && field > field_width - n)
11428 field = field_width - n;
11429
11430 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
11431 prec = precision - n;
11432
11433 if (c == 'M')
11434 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field, prec,
11435 Vglobal_mode_string);
11436 else if (c != 0)
11437 {
11438 unsigned char *spec
11439 = decode_mode_spec (it->w, c, field, prec);
11440
11441 if (frame_title_ptr)
11442 n += store_frame_title (spec, field, prec);
11443 else
11444 {
11445 int nglyphs_before
11446 = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11447 int charpos
11448 = percent_position - XSTRING (elt)->data;
11449 int nwritten
11450 = display_string (spec, Qnil, elt, charpos, 0, it,
11451 field, prec, 0, -1);
11452
11453 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
11454 string where the `%x' came from, position
11455 of the `%'. */
11456 if (nwritten > 0)
11457 {
11458 struct glyph *glyph
11459 = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
11460 + nglyphs_before);
11461 int i;
11462
11463 for (i = 0; i < nwritten; ++i)
11464 {
11465 glyph[i].object = elt;
11466 glyph[i].charpos = charpos;
11467 }
11468
11469 n += nwritten;
11470 }
11471 }
11472 }
11473 }
11474 }
11475 }
11476 break;
11477
11478 case Lisp_Symbol:
11479 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
11480 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
11481 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
11482 literally. */
11483 {
11484 register Lisp_Object tem;
11485 tem = Fboundp (elt);
11486 if (!NILP (tem))
11487 {
11488 tem = Fsymbol_value (elt);
11489 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
11490 don't check for % within it. */
11491 if (STRINGP (tem))
11492 {
11493 prec = XSTRING (tem)->size;
11494 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
11495 prec = precision - n;
11496 if (frame_title_ptr)
11497 n += store_frame_title (XSTRING (tem)->data, -1, prec);
11498 else
11499 n += display_string (NULL, tem, Qnil, 0, 0, it,
11500 0, prec, 0, -1);
11501 }
11502 else if (!EQ (tem, elt))
11503 {
11504 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
11505 elt = tem;
11506 goto tail_recurse;
11507 }
11508 }
11509 }
11510 break;
11511
11512 case Lisp_Cons:
11513 {
11514 register Lisp_Object car, tem;
11515
11516 /* A cons cell: three distinct cases.
11517 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
11518 and effectively concatenate them.
11519 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
11520 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
11521 to at least that many characters.
11522 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
11523 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
11524 car = XCAR (elt);
11525 if (EQ (car, QCeval) && CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
11526 {
11527 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
11528 and use the result as mode line elements. */
11529 struct gcpro gcpro1;
11530 Lisp_Object spec;
11531
11532 spec = eval_form (XCAR (XCDR (elt)));
11533 GCPRO1 (spec);
11534 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
11535 precision - n, spec);
11536 UNGCPRO;
11537 }
11538 else if (SYMBOLP (car))
11539 {
11540 tem = Fboundp (car);
11541 elt = XCDR (elt);
11542 if (!CONSP (elt))
11543 goto invalid;
11544 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
11545 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
11546 if (!NILP (tem))
11547 {
11548 tem = Fsymbol_value (car);
11549 if (!NILP (tem))
11550 {
11551 elt = XCAR (elt);
11552 goto tail_recurse;
11553 }
11554 }
11555 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
11556 Get the cddr of the original list
11557 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
11558 elt = XCDR (elt);
11559 if (NILP (elt))
11560 break;
11561 else if (!CONSP (elt))
11562 goto invalid;
11563 elt = XCAR (elt);
11564 goto tail_recurse;
11565 }
11566 else if (INTEGERP (car))
11567 {
11568 register int lim = XINT (car);
11569 elt = XCDR (elt);
11570 if (lim < 0)
11571 {
11572 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
11573 if (precision <= 0)
11574 precision = -lim;
11575 else
11576 precision = min (precision, -lim);
11577 }
11578 else if (lim > 0)
11579 {
11580 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
11581 current maximum. */
11582 if (precision > 0)
11583 lim = min (precision, lim);
11584
11585 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
11586 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
11587 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
11588 field_width = max (lim, field_width);
11589 }
11590 goto tail_recurse;
11591 }
11592 else if (STRINGP (car) || CONSP (car))
11593 {
11594 register int limit = 50;
11595 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
11596 while (CONSP (elt)
11597 && --limit > 0
11598 && (precision <= 0 || n < precision))
11599 {
11600 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
11601 precision - n, XCAR (elt));
11602 elt = XCDR (elt);
11603 }
11604 }
11605 }
11606 break;
11607
11608 default:
11609 invalid:
11610 if (frame_title_ptr)
11611 n += store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision - n);
11612 else
11613 n += display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, 0,
11614 precision - n, 0, 0);
11615 return n;
11616 }
11617
11618 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
11619 if (field_width > 0 && n < field_width)
11620 {
11621 if (frame_title_ptr)
11622 n += store_frame_title ("", field_width - n, 0);
11623 else
11624 n += display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, field_width - n,
11625 0, 0, 0);
11626 }
11627
11628 return n;
11629 }
11630
11631
11632 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
11633 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
11634
11635 static void
11636 pint2str (buf, width, d)
11637 register char *buf;
11638 register int width;
11639 register int d;
11640 {
11641 register char *p = buf;
11642
11643 if (d <= 0)
11644 *p++ = '0';
11645 else
11646 {
11647 while (d > 0)
11648 {
11649 *p++ = d % 10 + '0';
11650 d /= 10;
11651 }
11652 }
11653
11654 for (width -= (int) (p - buf); width > 0; --width)
11655 *p++ = ' ';
11656 *p-- = '\0';
11657 while (p > buf)
11658 {
11659 d = *buf;
11660 *buf++ = *p;
11661 *p-- = d;
11662 }
11663 }
11664
11665 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
11666 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
11667 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
11668
11669 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type[] = "(*invalid*)";
11670
11671 static char *
11672 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system, buf, eol_flag)
11673 Lisp_Object coding_system;
11674 register char *buf;
11675 int eol_flag;
11676 {
11677 Lisp_Object val;
11678 int multibyte = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
11679 unsigned char *eol_str;
11680 int eol_str_len;
11681 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
11682 Lisp_Object eoltype;
11683
11684 val = coding_system;
11685
11686 if (NILP (val)) /* Not yet decided. */
11687 {
11688 if (multibyte)
11689 *buf++ = '-';
11690 if (eol_flag)
11691 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
11692 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
11693 }
11694 else
11695 {
11696 Lisp_Object eolvalue;
11697
11698 eolvalue = Fget (coding_system, Qeol_type);
11699
11700 while (!NILP (val) && SYMBOLP (val))
11701 {
11702 val = Fget (val, Qcoding_system);
11703 if (NILP (eolvalue))
11704 eolvalue = Fget (val, Qeol_type);
11705 }
11706
11707 if (multibyte)
11708 *buf++ = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (val)->contents[1]);
11709
11710 if (eol_flag)
11711 {
11712 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
11713
11714 if (NILP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
11715 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
11716 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
11717 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
11718 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
11719 eoltype = (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 0
11720 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
11721 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 1
11722 ? eol_mnemonic_dos : eol_mnemonic_mac));
11723 }
11724 }
11725
11726 if (eol_flag)
11727 {
11728 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
11729 if (STRINGP (eoltype))
11730 {
11731 eol_str = XSTRING (eoltype)->data;
11732 eol_str_len = XSTRING (eoltype)->size;
11733 }
11734 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype)
11735 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype), 0))
11736 {
11737 unsigned char work[4];
11738
11739 eol_str_len = CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype), work, eol_str);
11740 }
11741 else
11742 {
11743 eol_str = invalid_eol_type;
11744 eol_str_len = sizeof (invalid_eol_type) - 1;
11745 }
11746 bcopy (eol_str, buf, eol_str_len);
11747 buf += eol_str_len;
11748 }
11749
11750 return buf;
11751 }
11752
11753 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
11754 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
11755 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
11756 string returned with spaces to that value. */
11757
11758 static char lots_of_dashes[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
11759
11760 static char *
11761 decode_mode_spec (w, c, field_width, precision)
11762 struct window *w;
11763 register char c;
11764 int field_width, precision;
11765 {
11766 Lisp_Object obj;
11767 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11768 char *decode_mode_spec_buf = f->decode_mode_spec_buffer;
11769 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11770
11771 obj = Qnil;
11772
11773 switch (c)
11774 {
11775 case '*':
11776 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
11777 return "%";
11778 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
11779 return "*";
11780 return "-";
11781
11782 case '+':
11783 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
11784 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
11785 return "*";
11786 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
11787 return "%";
11788 return "-";
11789
11790 case '&':
11791 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
11792 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
11793 return "*";
11794 return "-";
11795
11796 case '%':
11797 return "%";
11798
11799 case '[':
11800 {
11801 int i;
11802 char *p;
11803
11804 if (command_loop_level > 5)
11805 return "[[[... ";
11806 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
11807 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
11808 *p++ = '[';
11809 *p = 0;
11810 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11811 }
11812
11813 case ']':
11814 {
11815 int i;
11816 char *p;
11817
11818 if (command_loop_level > 5)
11819 return " ...]]]";
11820 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
11821 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
11822 *p++ = ']';
11823 *p = 0;
11824 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11825 }
11826
11827 case '-':
11828 {
11829 register int i;
11830
11831 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
11832 if (field_width <= 0
11833 || field_width > sizeof (lots_of_dashes))
11834 {
11835 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) - 1; ++i)
11836 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '-';
11837 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '\0';
11838 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11839 }
11840 else
11841 return lots_of_dashes;
11842 }
11843
11844 case 'b':
11845 obj = b->name;
11846 break;
11847
11848 case 'c':
11849 {
11850 int col = current_column ();
11851 XSETFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed, col);
11852 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, col);
11853 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11854 }
11855
11856 case 'F':
11857 /* %F displays the frame name. */
11858 if (!NILP (f->title))
11859 return (char *) XSTRING (f->title)->data;
11860 if (f->explicit_name || ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11861 return (char *) XSTRING (f->name)->data;
11862 return "Emacs";
11863
11864 case 'f':
11865 obj = b->filename;
11866 break;
11867
11868 case 'l':
11869 {
11870 int startpos = XMARKER (w->start)->charpos;
11871 int startpos_byte = marker_byte_position (w->start);
11872 int line, linepos, linepos_byte, topline;
11873 int nlines, junk;
11874 int height = XFASTINT (w->height);
11875
11876 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
11877 don't forget that too fast. */
11878 if (EQ (w->base_line_pos, w->buffer))
11879 goto no_value;
11880 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
11881 else if (BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
11882 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
11883
11884 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
11885 if (BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b) > line_number_display_limit)
11886 {
11887 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
11888 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
11889 goto no_value;
11890 }
11891
11892 if (!NILP (w->base_line_number)
11893 && !NILP (w->base_line_pos)
11894 && XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos) <= startpos)
11895 {
11896 line = XFASTINT (w->base_line_number);
11897 linepos = XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos);
11898 linepos_byte = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b, linepos);
11899 }
11900 else
11901 {
11902 line = 1;
11903 linepos = BUF_BEGV (b);
11904 linepos_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
11905 }
11906
11907 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
11908 nlines = display_count_lines (linepos, linepos_byte,
11909 startpos_byte,
11910 startpos, &junk);
11911
11912 topline = nlines + line;
11913
11914 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
11915 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
11916 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
11917 go back past it. */
11918 if (startpos == BUF_BEGV (b))
11919 {
11920 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline);
11921 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BUF_BEGV (b));
11922 }
11923 else if (nlines < height + 25 || nlines > height * 3 + 50
11924 || linepos == BUF_BEGV (b))
11925 {
11926 int limit = BUF_BEGV (b);
11927 int limit_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
11928 int position;
11929 int distance = (height * 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width;
11930
11931 if (startpos - distance > limit)
11932 {
11933 limit = startpos - distance;
11934 limit_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
11935 }
11936
11937 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
11938 limit_byte,
11939 - (height * 2 + 30),
11940 &position);
11941 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
11942 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
11943 give up on line numbers for this window. */
11944 if (position == limit_byte && limit == startpos - distance)
11945 {
11946 w->base_line_pos = w->buffer;
11947 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
11948 goto no_value;
11949 }
11950
11951 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline - nlines);
11952 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BYTE_TO_CHAR (position));
11953 }
11954
11955 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
11956 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
11957 PT_BYTE, PT, &junk);
11958
11959 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
11960 line_number_displayed = 1;
11961
11962 /* Make the string to show. */
11963 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, topline + nlines);
11964 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11965 no_value:
11966 {
11967 char* p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
11968 int pad = field_width - 2;
11969 while (pad-- > 0)
11970 *p++ = ' ';
11971 *p++ = '?';
11972 *p = '?';
11973 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11974 }
11975 }
11976 break;
11977
11978 case 'm':
11979 obj = b->mode_name;
11980 break;
11981
11982 case 'n':
11983 if (BUF_BEGV (b) > BUF_BEG (b) || BUF_ZV (b) < BUF_Z (b))
11984 return " Narrow";
11985 break;
11986
11987 case 'p':
11988 {
11989 int pos = marker_position (w->start);
11990 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
11991
11992 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= BUF_Z (b) - BUF_ZV (b))
11993 {
11994 if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
11995 return "All";
11996 else
11997 return "Bottom";
11998 }
11999 else if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12000 return "Top";
12001 else
12002 {
12003 if (total > 1000000)
12004 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
12005 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
12006 else
12007 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
12008 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
12009 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
12010 if (total == 100)
12011 total = 99;
12012 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
12013 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12014 }
12015 }
12016
12017 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
12018 case 'P':
12019 {
12020 int toppos = marker_position (w->start);
12021 int botpos = BUF_Z (b) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
12022 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
12023
12024 if (botpos >= BUF_ZV (b))
12025 {
12026 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12027 return "All";
12028 else
12029 return "Bottom";
12030 }
12031 else
12032 {
12033 if (total > 1000000)
12034 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
12035 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
12036 else
12037 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
12038 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
12039 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
12040 if (total == 100)
12041 total = 99;
12042 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12043 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "Top%2d%%", total);
12044 else
12045 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
12046 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12047 }
12048 }
12049
12050 case 's':
12051 /* status of process */
12052 obj = Fget_buffer_process (w->buffer);
12053 if (NILP (obj))
12054 return "no process";
12055 #ifdef subprocesses
12056 obj = Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj));
12057 #endif
12058 break;
12059
12060 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
12061 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
12062 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b);
12063 #else
12064 return "T";
12065 #endif
12066
12067 case 'z':
12068 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
12069 case 'Z':
12070 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
12071 {
12072 int eol_flag = (c == 'Z');
12073 char *p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
12074
12075 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12076 {
12077 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
12078 to do EOL conversion. */
12079 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding.symbol, p, 0);
12080 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding.symbol, p, 0);
12081 }
12082 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (b->buffer_file_coding_system,
12083 p, eol_flag);
12084
12085 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
12086 #ifdef subprocesses
12087 obj = Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
12088 if (PROCESSP (obj))
12089 {
12090 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->decode_coding_system,
12091 p, eol_flag);
12092 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->encode_coding_system,
12093 p, eol_flag);
12094 }
12095 #endif /* subprocesses */
12096 #endif /* 0 */
12097 *p = 0;
12098 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12099 }
12100 }
12101
12102 if (STRINGP (obj))
12103 return (char *) XSTRING (obj)->data;
12104 else
12105 return "";
12106 }
12107
12108
12109 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
12110 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
12111 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
12112
12113 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
12114
12115 static int
12116 display_count_lines (start, start_byte, limit_byte, count, byte_pos_ptr)
12117 int start, start_byte, limit_byte, count;
12118 int *byte_pos_ptr;
12119 {
12120 register unsigned char *cursor;
12121 unsigned char *base;
12122
12123 register int ceiling;
12124 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr;
12125 int orig_count = count;
12126
12127 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
12128 check only for newlines. */
12129 int selective_display = (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
12130 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display));
12131
12132 if (count > 0)
12133 {
12134 while (start_byte < limit_byte)
12135 {
12136 ceiling = BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte);
12137 ceiling = min (limit_byte - 1, ceiling);
12138 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) + 1;
12139 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte));
12140 while (1)
12141 {
12142 if (selective_display)
12143 while (*cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015 && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
12144 ;
12145 else
12146 while (*cursor != '\n' && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
12147 ;
12148
12149 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
12150 {
12151 if (--count == 0)
12152 {
12153 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
12154 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
12155 return orig_count;
12156 }
12157 else
12158 if (++cursor == ceiling_addr)
12159 break;
12160 }
12161 else
12162 break;
12163 }
12164 start_byte += cursor - base;
12165 }
12166 }
12167 else
12168 {
12169 while (start_byte > limit_byte)
12170 {
12171 ceiling = BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte - 1);
12172 ceiling = max (limit_byte, ceiling);
12173 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) - 1;
12174 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte - 1) + 1);
12175 while (1)
12176 {
12177 if (selective_display)
12178 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr
12179 && *cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015)
12180 ;
12181 else
12182 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr && *cursor != '\n')
12183 ;
12184
12185 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
12186 {
12187 if (++count == 0)
12188 {
12189 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
12190 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
12191 /* When scanning backwards, we should
12192 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
12193 return - orig_count - 1;
12194 }
12195 }
12196 else
12197 break;
12198 }
12199 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
12200 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
12201 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
12202 }
12203 }
12204
12205 *byte_pos_ptr = limit_byte;
12206
12207 if (count < 0)
12208 return - orig_count + count;
12209 return orig_count - count;
12210
12211 }
12212
12213
12214 \f
12215 /***********************************************************************
12216 Displaying strings
12217 ***********************************************************************/
12218
12219 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
12220
12221 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
12222 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
12223
12224 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
12225 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
12226 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
12227
12228 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
12229 standard display table, temporarily.
12230
12231 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
12232 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
12233 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
12234 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
12235
12236 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
12237 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
12238
12239 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
12240
12241 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
12242 ----------------------------------------
12243 -1 -1 %s
12244 -1 10 %.10s
12245 10 -1 %10s
12246 20 10 %20.10s
12247
12248 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
12249 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
12250 enable_multibyte_characters.
12251
12252 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
12253
12254 static int
12255 display_string (string, lisp_string, face_string, face_string_pos,
12256 start, it, field_width, precision, max_x, multibyte)
12257 unsigned char *string;
12258 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
12259 int start;
12260 struct it *it;
12261 int field_width, precision, max_x;
12262 int multibyte;
12263 {
12264 int hpos_at_start = it->hpos;
12265 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
12266 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12267
12268 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
12269 with index START. We assume that IT may be modified here (which
12270 means that display_line has to do something when displaying a
12271 mini-buffer prompt, which it does). */
12272 reseat_to_string (it, string, lisp_string, start,
12273 precision, field_width, multibyte);
12274
12275 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
12276 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
12277 if (STRINGP (face_string))
12278 {
12279 int endptr;
12280 struct face *face;
12281
12282 it->face_id
12283 = face_at_string_position (it->w, face_string, face_string_pos,
12284 0, it->region_beg_charpos,
12285 it->region_end_charpos,
12286 &endptr, it->base_face_id);
12287 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
12288 it->face_box_p = face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
12289 }
12290
12291 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
12292 beyond the right edge of the window. */
12293 if (max_x <= 0)
12294 max_x = it->last_visible_x;
12295 else
12296 max_x = min (max_x, it->last_visible_x);
12297
12298 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
12299 hscrolled. */
12300 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
12301 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, 100000, it->first_visible_x,
12302 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
12303
12304 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
12305 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
12306 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12307 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
12308
12309 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
12310 past last_visible_x. */
12311 while (it->current_x < max_x)
12312 {
12313 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
12314
12315 /* Get the next display element. */
12316 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
12317 break;
12318
12319 /* Produce glyphs. */
12320 x_before = it->current_x;
12321 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12322 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12323
12324 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
12325 i = 0;
12326 x = x_before;
12327 while (i < nglyphs)
12328 {
12329 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
12330
12331 if (!it->truncate_lines_p
12332 && x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
12333 {
12334 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
12335 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
12336 it->current_x = x;
12337 break;
12338 }
12339 else if (x + glyph->pixel_width > it->first_visible_x)
12340 {
12341 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
12342 ++it->hpos;
12343 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
12344 it->glyph_row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12345 }
12346 else
12347 {
12348 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
12349 Should not happen. */
12350 abort ();
12351 }
12352
12353 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12354 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12355 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12356 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12357 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12358 x += glyph->pixel_width;
12359 ++i;
12360 }
12361
12362 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
12363 if (i < nglyphs)
12364 break;
12365
12366 /* Stop at line ends. */
12367 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
12368 {
12369 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12370 break;
12371 }
12372
12373 set_iterator_to_next (it);
12374
12375 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
12376 if (it->truncate_lines_p
12377 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
12378 {
12379 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
12380 truncated at a padding space. */
12381 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->string_nchars)
12382 {
12383 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12384 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
12385 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
12386 }
12387 break;
12388 }
12389 }
12390
12391 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
12392 if (it->first_visible_x
12393 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
12394 {
12395 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12396 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
12397 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
12398 }
12399
12400 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
12401
12402 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
12403 return it->hpos - hpos_at_start;
12404 }
12405
12406
12407 \f
12408 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1 if PROPVAL
12409 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
12410 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
12411 way, and return 1 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
12412 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
12413
12414 int
12415 invisible_p (propval, list)
12416 register Lisp_Object propval;
12417 Lisp_Object list;
12418 {
12419 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
12420 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12421 {
12422 register Lisp_Object tem;
12423 tem = XCAR (tail);
12424 if (EQ (propval, tem))
12425 return 1;
12426 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
12427 return 1;
12428 }
12429 if (CONSP (propval))
12430 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail);
12431 proptail = XCDR (proptail))
12432 {
12433 Lisp_Object propelt;
12434 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
12435 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12436 {
12437 register Lisp_Object tem;
12438 tem = XCAR (tail);
12439 if (EQ (propelt, tem))
12440 return 1;
12441 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
12442 return 1;
12443 }
12444 }
12445 return 0;
12446 }
12447
12448
12449 /* Return 1 if PROPVAL appears as the car of an element of LIST and
12450 the cdr of that element is non-nil. If PROPVAL is a list, check
12451 each element of PROPVAL in that way, and the first time some
12452 element is found, return 1 if the cdr of that element is non-nil.
12453 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
12454
12455 int
12456 invisible_ellipsis_p (propval, list)
12457 register Lisp_Object propval;
12458 Lisp_Object list;
12459 {
12460 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
12461
12462 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12463 {
12464 register Lisp_Object tem;
12465 tem = XCAR (tail);
12466 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
12467 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
12468 }
12469
12470 if (CONSP (propval))
12471 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
12472 {
12473 Lisp_Object propelt;
12474 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
12475 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12476 {
12477 register Lisp_Object tem;
12478 tem = XCAR (tail);
12479 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
12480 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
12481 }
12482 }
12483
12484 return 0;
12485 }
12486
12487
12488 \f
12489 /***********************************************************************
12490 Initialization
12491 ***********************************************************************/
12492
12493 void
12494 syms_of_xdisp ()
12495 {
12496 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
12497 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector);
12498
12499 Vmessage_stack = Qnil;
12500 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack);
12501
12502 Qinhibit_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
12503 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay);
12504
12505 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
12506 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix);
12507 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row);
12508 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row);
12509 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay_toggle);
12510 #endif
12511
12512 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
12513 Qmenu_bar_update_hook = intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
12514
12515 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map);
12516 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map = intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
12517
12518 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map);
12519 Qoverriding_local_map = intern ("overriding-local-map");
12520
12521 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions);
12522 Qwindow_scroll_functions = intern ("window-scroll-functions");
12523
12524 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions);
12525 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions = intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
12526
12527 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks);
12528 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks = intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
12529
12530 staticpro (&Qdisplay);
12531 Qdisplay = intern ("display");
12532 staticpro (&Qleft_margin);
12533 Qspace_width = intern ("space-width");
12534 staticpro (&Qspace_width);
12535 Qheight = intern ("height");
12536 staticpro (&Qheight);
12537 Qraise = intern ("raise");
12538 staticpro (&Qraise);
12539 Qspace = intern ("space");
12540 staticpro (&Qspace);
12541 Qleft_margin = intern ("left-margin");
12542 staticpro (&Qright_margin);
12543 Qright_margin = intern ("right-margin");
12544 Qalign_to = intern ("align-to");
12545 staticpro (&Qalign_to);
12546 QCalign_to = intern (":align-to");
12547 staticpro (&QCalign_to);
12548 Qwidth = intern ("width");
12549 staticpro (&Qwidth);
12550 Qrelative_width = intern ("relative-width");
12551 staticpro (&Qrelative_width);
12552 QCrelative_width = intern (":relative-width");
12553 staticpro (&QCrelative_width);
12554 QCrelative_height = intern (":relative-height");
12555 staticpro (&QCrelative_height);
12556 QCeval = intern (":eval");
12557 staticpro (&QCeval);
12558 Qwhen = intern ("when");
12559 staticpro (&Qwhen);
12560 Qfontified = intern ("fontified");
12561 staticpro (&Qfontified);
12562 Qfontification_functions = intern ("fontification-functions");
12563 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions);
12564 Qtrailing_whitespace = intern ("trailing-whitespace");
12565 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace);
12566 Qimage = intern ("image");
12567 staticpro (&Qimage);
12568
12569 staticpro (&last_arrow_position);
12570 staticpro (&last_arrow_string);
12571 last_arrow_position = Qnil;
12572 last_arrow_string = Qnil;
12573
12574 echo_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1] = Qnil;
12575 staticpro (&echo_buffer[0]);
12576 staticpro (&echo_buffer[1]);
12577
12578 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
12579 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[0]);
12580 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[1]);
12581
12582 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace,
12583 "Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.\n\
12584 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'.");
12585 Vshow_trailing_whitespace = Qnil;
12586
12587 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay,
12588 "Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.\n\
12589 This is used for internal purposes.");
12590 Vinhibit_redisplay = Qnil;
12591
12592 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string,
12593 "String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'.");
12594 Vglobal_mode_string = Qnil;
12595
12596 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position,
12597 "Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.\n\
12598 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.\n\
12599 See also `overlay-arrow-string'.");
12600 Voverlay_arrow_position = Qnil;
12601
12602 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string,
12603 "String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'.");
12604 Voverlay_arrow_string = Qnil;
12605
12606 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step,
12607 "*The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.\n\
12608 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.\n\
12609 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.");
12610
12611 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively,
12612 "*Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.");
12613 scroll_conservatively = 0;
12614
12615 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin,
12616 "*Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.\n\
12617 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines\n\
12618 of the top or bottom of the window.");
12619 scroll_margin = 0;
12620
12621 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
12622 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos, "Don't ask");
12623 #endif
12624
12625 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
12626 &truncate_partial_width_windows,
12627 "*Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide.");
12628 truncate_partial_width_windows = 1;
12629
12630 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video,
12631 "*Non-nil means use inverse video for the mode line.");
12632 mode_line_inverse_video = 1;
12633
12634 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit", &line_number_display_limit,
12635 "*Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.\n\
12636 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear\n\
12637 in the mode line.");
12638 line_number_display_limit = 1000000;
12639
12640 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width", &line_number_display_limit_width,
12641 "*Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.\n\
12642 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the\n\
12643 line number may be omitted from the mode line.");
12644 line_number_display_limit_width = 200;
12645
12646 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows,
12647 "*Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows.");
12648 highlight_nonselected_windows = 0;
12649
12650 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames,
12651 "Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.\n\
12652 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.\n\
12653 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing\n\
12654 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'.");
12655
12656 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format,
12657 "Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.\n\
12658 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
12659 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
12660 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
12661 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
12662 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format,
12663 "Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.\n\
12664 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
12665 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
12666 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
12667 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
12668 Vicon_title_format
12669 = Vframe_title_format
12670 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
12671 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
12672 Fcons (Fcons (build_string (""),
12673 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
12674 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
12675 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
12676 Qnil)))),
12677 Qnil)));
12678
12679 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max,
12680 "Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.\n\
12681 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate\n\
12682 the buffer when it becomes large.");
12683 XSETFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max, 50);
12684
12685 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions,
12686 "Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.\n\
12687 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.\n\
12688 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed\n\
12689 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,\n\
12690 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument.");
12691 Vwindow_size_change_functions = Qnil;
12692
12693 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions,
12694 "List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.\n\
12695 Each function is called with two arguments, the window\n\
12696 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'\n\
12697 is not valid when these functions are called.");
12698 Vwindow_scroll_functions = Qnil;
12699
12700 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p,
12701 "*Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.\n\
12702 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.\n\
12703 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines\n\
12704 otherwise.");
12705 auto_resize_tool_bars_p = 1;
12706
12707 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p,
12708 "*Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them.");
12709 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p = 1;
12710
12711 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-margin", &tool_bar_button_margin,
12712 "*Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.");
12713 tool_bar_button_margin = 1;
12714
12715 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief,
12716 "Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons.");
12717 tool_bar_button_relief = 3;
12718
12719 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions,
12720 "List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.\n\
12721 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must\n\
12722 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give\n\
12723 fontified regions the property `fontified'.\n\
12724 This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.");
12725 Vfontification_functions = Qnil;
12726 Fmake_local_variable (Qfontification_functions);
12727
12728 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
12729 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment,
12730 "*Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.\n\
12731 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters\n\
12732 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters\n\
12733 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are\n\
12734 displayed according to the current fontset.");
12735 unibyte_display_via_language_environment = 0;
12736
12737 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height,
12738 "*Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.\n\
12739 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.\n\
12740 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines.\n\
12741 If nil, don't resize.");
12742 Vmax_mini_window_height = make_float (0.25);
12743 }
12744
12745
12746 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
12747
12748 void
12749 init_xdisp ()
12750 {
12751 Lisp_Object root_window;
12752 struct window *mini_w;
12753
12754 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
12755
12756 mini_w = XWINDOW (minibuf_window);
12757 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w)));
12758
12759 if (!noninteractive)
12760 {
12761 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window)));
12762 int i;
12763
12764 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->top, FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f));
12765 set_window_height (root_window,
12766 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f),
12767 0);
12768 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->top, FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1);
12769 set_window_height (minibuf_window, 1, 0);
12770
12771 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
12772 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
12773
12774 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = scratch_glyphs;
12775 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA + 1]
12776 = scratch_glyphs + MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS;
12777
12778 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
12779 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
12780 XSETFASTINT (default_invis_vector[i], '.');
12781 }
12782
12783 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
12784 {
12785 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles. */
12786 int size = 100;
12787 frame_title_buf = (char *) xmalloc (size);
12788 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + size;
12789 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
12790 }
12791 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
12792 }
12793
12794